]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
c85f7c16 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 92-97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
bbf6f052 RK |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 | any later version. | |
10 | ||
11 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
940d9d63 RK |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
19 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
20 | |
21 | ||
22 | #include "config.h" | |
e9a25f70 | 23 | #include <stdio.h> |
ca695ac9 | 24 | #include "machmode.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
25 | #include "rtl.h" |
26 | #include "tree.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 27 | #include "obstack.h" |
bbf6f052 | 28 | #include "flags.h" |
bf76bb5a | 29 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 30 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 31 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
32 | #include "function.h" |
33 | #include "insn-flags.h" | |
34 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
35 | #include "expr.h" | |
36 | #include "insn-config.h" | |
37 | #include "recog.h" | |
38 | #include "output.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 39 | #include "typeclass.h" |
ca55abae | 40 | #include "defaults.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
41 | |
42 | #define CEIL(x,y) (((x) + (y) - 1) / (y)) | |
43 | ||
44 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed | |
bbc8a071 RK |
45 | from first to last or from last to first. |
46 | ||
47 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
48 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 49 | |
bbf6f052 | 50 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 51 | |
3319a347 | 52 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
53 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first */ |
54 | #endif | |
bbc8a071 | 55 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
56 | #endif |
57 | ||
58 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
59 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
60 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
61 | #else | |
62 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
63 | #endif | |
64 | #endif | |
65 | ||
66 | /* Like STACK_BOUNDARY but in units of bytes, not bits. */ | |
67 | #define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
68 | ||
18543a22 ILT |
69 | /* Assume that case vectors are not pc-relative. */ |
70 | #ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE | |
71 | #define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 0 | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
74 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
75 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
76 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
77 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
78 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
79 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
80 | int cse_not_expected; | |
81 | ||
82 | /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an | |
83 | expression before generating the upper levels of the expression. | |
84 | Nowadays this is never zero. */ | |
85 | int do_preexpand_calls = 1; | |
86 | ||
87 | /* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack. | |
88 | These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned. */ | |
89 | int pending_stack_adjust; | |
90 | ||
91 | /* Nonzero means stack pops must not be deferred, and deferred stack | |
92 | pops must not be output. It is nonzero inside a function call, | |
93 | inside a conditional expression, inside a statement expression, | |
94 | and in other cases as well. */ | |
95 | int inhibit_defer_pop; | |
96 | ||
d93d4205 MS |
97 | /* When temporaries are created by TARGET_EXPRs, they are created at |
98 | this level of temp_slot_level, so that they can remain allocated | |
99 | until no longer needed. CLEANUP_POINT_EXPRs define the lifetime | |
100 | of TARGET_EXPRs. */ | |
101 | int target_temp_slot_level; | |
102 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
103 | /* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function. |
104 | The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs | |
105 | returned. */ | |
106 | static rtx saveregs_value; | |
107 | ||
dcf76fff TW |
108 | /* Similarly for __builtin_apply_args. */ |
109 | static rtx apply_args_value; | |
110 | ||
956d6950 JL |
111 | /* Don't check memory usage, since code is being emitted to check a memory |
112 | usage. Used when flag_check_memory_usage is true, to avoid infinite | |
113 | recursion. */ | |
114 | static int in_check_memory_usage; | |
115 | ||
4969d05d RK |
116 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
117 | be performed. */ | |
4969d05d RK |
118 | struct move_by_pieces |
119 | { | |
120 | rtx to; | |
121 | rtx to_addr; | |
122 | int autinc_to; | |
123 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
e9cf6a97 | 124 | int to_struct; |
4969d05d RK |
125 | rtx from; |
126 | rtx from_addr; | |
127 | int autinc_from; | |
128 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
e9cf6a97 | 129 | int from_struct; |
4969d05d RK |
130 | int len; |
131 | int offset; | |
132 | int reverse; | |
133 | }; | |
134 | ||
9de08200 RK |
135 | /* This structure is used by clear_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
136 | be performed. */ | |
137 | ||
138 | struct clear_by_pieces | |
139 | { | |
140 | rtx to; | |
141 | rtx to_addr; | |
142 | int autinc_to; | |
143 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
144 | int to_struct; | |
145 | int len; | |
146 | int offset; | |
147 | int reverse; | |
148 | }; | |
149 | ||
c02bd5d9 JB |
150 | /* Used to generate bytecodes: keep track of size of local variables, |
151 | as well as depth of arithmetic stack. (Notice that variables are | |
152 | stored on the machine's stack, not the arithmetic stack.) */ | |
153 | ||
921b3427 | 154 | static rtx get_push_address PROTO ((int)); |
186f92ce | 155 | extern int local_vars_size; |
c02bd5d9 JB |
156 | extern int stack_depth; |
157 | extern int max_stack_depth; | |
292b1216 | 158 | extern struct obstack permanent_obstack; |
4ed67205 | 159 | extern rtx arg_pointer_save_area; |
c02bd5d9 | 160 | |
4969d05d RK |
161 | static rtx enqueue_insn PROTO((rtx, rtx)); |
162 | static int queued_subexp_p PROTO((rtx)); | |
163 | static void init_queue PROTO((void)); | |
164 | static void move_by_pieces PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, int)); | |
165 | static int move_by_pieces_ninsns PROTO((unsigned int, int)); | |
eae4b970 | 166 | static void move_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
4969d05d | 167 | struct move_by_pieces *)); |
9de08200 | 168 | static void clear_by_pieces PROTO((rtx, int, int)); |
eae4b970 | 169 | static void clear_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
9de08200 RK |
170 | struct clear_by_pieces *)); |
171 | static int is_zeros_p PROTO((tree)); | |
172 | static int mostly_zeros_p PROTO((tree)); | |
e1a43f73 | 173 | static void store_constructor PROTO((tree, rtx, int)); |
4969d05d RK |
174 | static rtx store_field PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, tree, |
175 | enum machine_mode, int, int, int)); | |
176 | static tree save_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree)); | |
177 | static tree init_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree)); | |
178 | static int safe_from_p PROTO((rtx, tree)); | |
179 | static int fixed_type_p PROTO((tree)); | |
01c8a7c8 | 180 | static rtx var_rtx PROTO((tree)); |
4969d05d RK |
181 | static int get_pointer_alignment PROTO((tree, unsigned)); |
182 | static tree string_constant PROTO((tree, tree *)); | |
183 | static tree c_strlen PROTO((tree)); | |
307b821c RK |
184 | static rtx expand_builtin PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx, |
185 | enum machine_mode, int)); | |
0006469d TW |
186 | static int apply_args_size PROTO((void)); |
187 | static int apply_result_size PROTO((void)); | |
188 | static rtx result_vector PROTO((int, rtx)); | |
189 | static rtx expand_builtin_apply_args PROTO((void)); | |
190 | static rtx expand_builtin_apply PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
191 | static void expand_builtin_return PROTO((rtx)); | |
7b8b9722 | 192 | static rtx expand_increment PROTO((tree, int, int)); |
4969d05d RK |
193 | static void preexpand_calls PROTO((tree)); |
194 | static void do_jump_by_parts_greater PROTO((tree, int, rtx, rtx)); | |
2e5ec6cf | 195 | void do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx PROTO((enum machine_mode, int, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx)); |
4969d05d RK |
196 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx)); |
197 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
198 | static void do_jump_for_compare PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
199 | static rtx compare PROTO((tree, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code)); | |
200 | static rtx do_store_flag PROTO((tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int)); | |
16545b0a | 201 | extern tree truthvalue_conversion PROTO((tree)); |
bbf6f052 | 202 | |
4fa52007 RK |
203 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
204 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
205 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
206 | ||
207 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
208 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
209 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
210 | /* MOVE_RATIO is the number of move instructions that is better than |
211 | a block move. */ | |
212 | ||
213 | #ifndef MOVE_RATIO | |
266007a7 | 214 | #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti) |
bbf6f052 RK |
215 | #define MOVE_RATIO 2 |
216 | #else | |
217 | /* A value of around 6 would minimize code size; infinity would minimize | |
218 | execution time. */ | |
219 | #define MOVE_RATIO 15 | |
220 | #endif | |
221 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 222 | |
266007a7 | 223 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
e6677db3 | 224 | enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; |
266007a7 | 225 | |
9de08200 RK |
226 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block clears. */ |
227 | enum insn_code clrstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
228 | ||
0f41302f | 229 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is non-zero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
230 | |
231 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
c7a7ac46 | 232 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 233 | #endif |
0006469d TW |
234 | |
235 | /* Register mappings for target machines without register windows. */ | |
236 | #ifndef INCOMING_REGNO | |
237 | #define INCOMING_REGNO(OUT) (OUT) | |
238 | #endif | |
239 | #ifndef OUTGOING_REGNO | |
240 | #define OUTGOING_REGNO(IN) (IN) | |
241 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 242 | \f |
4fa52007 | 243 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 244 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
245 | |
246 | void | |
247 | init_expr_once () | |
248 | { | |
249 | rtx insn, pat; | |
250 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
e2549997 RS |
251 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
252 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
253 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
38a448ca RH |
254 | rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
255 | rtx mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 RK |
256 | |
257 | start_sequence (); | |
38a448ca | 258 | insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX)); |
4fa52007 RK |
259 | pat = PATTERN (insn); |
260 | ||
261 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
262 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
263 | { | |
264 | int regno; | |
265 | rtx reg; | |
266 | int num_clobbers; | |
267 | ||
268 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
269 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 270 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
4fa52007 | 271 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
272 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
273 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
274 | ||
7308a047 RS |
275 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
276 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
277 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
278 | regno++) | |
279 | { | |
280 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
281 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 282 | |
38a448ca | 283 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); |
e6fe56a4 | 284 | |
7308a047 RS |
285 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
286 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
287 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
288 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 289 | |
e2549997 RS |
290 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
291 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
292 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
293 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
294 | ||
7308a047 RS |
295 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
296 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
297 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
298 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
299 | |
300 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
301 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
302 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
303 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 304 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
305 | } |
306 | ||
307 | end_sequence (); | |
308 | } | |
309 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
310 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
311 | ||
312 | void | |
313 | init_expr () | |
314 | { | |
315 | init_queue (); | |
316 | ||
317 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
318 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 319 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 320 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 321 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
322 | } |
323 | ||
324 | /* Save all variables describing the current status into the structure *P. | |
325 | This is used before starting a nested function. */ | |
326 | ||
327 | void | |
328 | save_expr_status (p) | |
329 | struct function *p; | |
330 | { | |
331 | /* Instead of saving the postincrement queue, empty it. */ | |
332 | emit_queue (); | |
333 | ||
334 | p->pending_stack_adjust = pending_stack_adjust; | |
335 | p->inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop; | |
bbf6f052 | 336 | p->saveregs_value = saveregs_value; |
0006469d | 337 | p->apply_args_value = apply_args_value; |
e87b4f3f | 338 | p->forced_labels = forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
339 | |
340 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
341 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 342 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 343 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 344 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
345 | } |
346 | ||
347 | /* Restore all variables describing the current status from the structure *P. | |
348 | This is used after a nested function. */ | |
349 | ||
350 | void | |
351 | restore_expr_status (p) | |
352 | struct function *p; | |
353 | { | |
354 | pending_stack_adjust = p->pending_stack_adjust; | |
355 | inhibit_defer_pop = p->inhibit_defer_pop; | |
bbf6f052 | 356 | saveregs_value = p->saveregs_value; |
0006469d | 357 | apply_args_value = p->apply_args_value; |
e87b4f3f | 358 | forced_labels = p->forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
359 | } |
360 | \f | |
361 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
362 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
363 | ||
364 | static rtx pending_chain; | |
365 | ||
366 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: | |
367 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
368 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
369 | ||
370 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
371 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
372 | ||
373 | static rtx | |
374 | enqueue_insn (var, body) | |
375 | rtx var, body; | |
376 | { | |
38a448ca RH |
377 | pending_chain = gen_rtx_QUEUED (GET_MODE (var), |
378 | var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, body, | |
379 | pending_chain); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
380 | return pending_chain; |
381 | } | |
382 | ||
383 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
384 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
385 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
386 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
387 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
388 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
389 | ||
390 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
391 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
392 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
393 | ||
394 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
395 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
396 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
397 | ||
398 | rtx | |
399 | protect_from_queue (x, modify) | |
400 | register rtx x; | |
401 | int modify; | |
402 | { | |
403 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
404 | ||
405 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
406 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
407 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
408 | return x; | |
409 | #endif | |
410 | ||
411 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
412 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
413 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) to facilitate |
414 | use of autoincrement. Make a copy of the contents of the memory | |
415 | location rather than a copy of the address, but not if the value is | |
416 | of mode BLKmode. Don't modify X in place since it might be | |
417 | shared. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
418 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode |
419 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
420 | { | |
421 | register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); | |
38a448ca | 422 | register rtx new = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), QUEUED_VAR (y)); |
e9baa644 RK |
423 | |
424 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (new) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x); | |
425 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (new) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x); | |
426 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (new) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (x); | |
427 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
428 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) |
429 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
430 | register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (new)); |
431 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
432 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); |
433 | return temp; | |
434 | } | |
e9baa644 | 435 | return new; |
bbf6f052 RK |
436 | } |
437 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all | |
438 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
439 | if (code == MEM) | |
3f15938e RS |
440 | { |
441 | rtx tem = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
442 | if (tem != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
443 | { | |
444 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
445 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem; | |
446 | } | |
447 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
448 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) |
449 | { | |
3f15938e RS |
450 | rtx new0 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); |
451 | rtx new1 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
452 | if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)) | |
453 | { | |
454 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
455 | XEXP (x, 0) = new0; | |
456 | XEXP (x, 1) = new1; | |
457 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
458 | } |
459 | return x; | |
460 | } | |
461 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. */ | |
462 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) | |
463 | return QUEUED_VAR (x); | |
464 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, | |
465 | use that copy. */ | |
466 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
467 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
468 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
469 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
470 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
471 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
472 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
473 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
474 | } | |
475 | ||
476 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
477 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
478 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
479 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
480 | ||
481 | static int | |
482 | queued_subexp_p (x) | |
483 | rtx x; | |
484 | { | |
485 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
486 | switch (code) | |
487 | { | |
488 | case QUEUED: | |
489 | return 1; | |
490 | case MEM: | |
491 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
492 | case MULT: | |
493 | case PLUS: | |
494 | case MINUS: | |
e9a25f70 JL |
495 | return (queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) |
496 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
497 | default: | |
498 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 499 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
500 | } |
501 | ||
502 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
503 | ||
504 | void | |
505 | emit_queue () | |
506 | { | |
507 | register rtx p; | |
508 | while (p = pending_chain) | |
509 | { | |
510 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
511 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); | |
512 | } | |
513 | } | |
514 | ||
515 | static void | |
516 | init_queue () | |
517 | { | |
518 | if (pending_chain) | |
519 | abort (); | |
520 | } | |
521 | \f | |
522 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
523 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
524 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
525 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
526 | ||
527 | void | |
528 | convert_move (to, from, unsignedp) | |
529 | register rtx to, from; | |
530 | int unsignedp; | |
531 | { | |
532 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
533 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
534 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
535 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
536 | enum insn_code code; | |
537 | rtx libcall; | |
538 | ||
539 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
540 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND); | |
541 | ||
542 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
543 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
544 | ||
545 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
546 | abort (); | |
547 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
548 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
549 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
550 | TO here. */ | |
551 | ||
552 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
553 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) | |
554 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
555 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) | |
556 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
557 | ||
558 | if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)) | |
559 | abort (); | |
560 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
561 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
562 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
563 | { | |
564 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
565 | return; | |
566 | } | |
567 | ||
568 | if (to_real) | |
569 | { | |
81d79e2c RS |
570 | rtx value; |
571 | ||
2b01c326 | 572 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) |
b424402e | 573 | { |
2b01c326 RK |
574 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
575 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, 0)) | |
576 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
577 | { | |
578 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
579 | return; | |
580 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 581 | } |
2b01c326 | 582 | |
b424402e RS |
583 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchfqf2 |
584 | if (HAVE_trunchfqf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
585 | { | |
586 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
587 | return; | |
588 | } | |
589 | #endif | |
704af6a1 JL |
590 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfqf2 |
591 | if (HAVE_trunctqfqf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
592 | { | |
593 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
594 | return; | |
595 | } | |
596 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
597 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfqf2 |
598 | if (HAVE_truncsfqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
599 | { | |
600 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
601 | return; | |
602 | } | |
603 | #endif | |
604 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfqf2 | |
605 | if (HAVE_truncdfqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
606 | { | |
607 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
608 | return; | |
609 | } | |
610 | #endif | |
611 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfqf2 | |
612 | if (HAVE_truncxfqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
613 | { | |
614 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
615 | return; | |
616 | } | |
617 | #endif | |
618 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfqf2 | |
619 | if (HAVE_trunctfqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
620 | { | |
621 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
622 | return; | |
623 | } | |
624 | #endif | |
03747aa3 RK |
625 | |
626 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfhf2 | |
627 | if (HAVE_trunctqfhf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
628 | { | |
629 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
630 | return; | |
631 | } | |
632 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
633 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfhf2 |
634 | if (HAVE_truncsfhf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
635 | { | |
636 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
637 | return; | |
638 | } | |
639 | #endif | |
640 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfhf2 | |
641 | if (HAVE_truncdfhf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
642 | { | |
643 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
644 | return; | |
645 | } | |
646 | #endif | |
647 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfhf2 | |
648 | if (HAVE_truncxfhf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
649 | { | |
650 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
651 | return; | |
652 | } | |
653 | #endif | |
654 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfhf2 | |
655 | if (HAVE_trunctfhf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
656 | { | |
657 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
658 | return; | |
659 | } | |
660 | #endif | |
2b01c326 RK |
661 | |
662 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsftqf2 | |
663 | if (HAVE_truncsftqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
664 | { | |
665 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
666 | return; | |
667 | } | |
668 | #endif | |
669 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdftqf2 | |
670 | if (HAVE_truncdftqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
671 | { | |
672 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
673 | return; | |
674 | } | |
675 | #endif | |
676 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxftqf2 | |
677 | if (HAVE_truncxftqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
678 | { | |
679 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
680 | return; | |
681 | } | |
682 | #endif | |
683 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctftqf2 | |
684 | if (HAVE_trunctftqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
685 | { | |
686 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
687 | return; | |
688 | } | |
689 | #endif | |
690 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
691 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2 |
692 | if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
693 | { | |
694 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
695 | return; | |
696 | } | |
697 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
698 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2 |
699 | if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
700 | { | |
701 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
702 | return; | |
703 | } | |
704 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
705 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2 |
706 | if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
707 | { | |
708 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
709 | return; | |
710 | } | |
711 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
712 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2 |
713 | if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
714 | { | |
715 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
716 | return; | |
717 | } | |
718 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
719 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2 |
720 | if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
721 | { | |
722 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
723 | return; | |
724 | } | |
725 | #endif | |
726 | ||
b092b471 JW |
727 | libcall = (rtx) 0; |
728 | switch (from_mode) | |
729 | { | |
730 | case SFmode: | |
731 | switch (to_mode) | |
732 | { | |
733 | case DFmode: | |
734 | libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc; | |
735 | break; | |
736 | ||
737 | case XFmode: | |
738 | libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc; | |
739 | break; | |
740 | ||
741 | case TFmode: | |
742 | libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc; | |
743 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
744 | |
745 | default: | |
746 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
747 | } |
748 | break; | |
749 | ||
750 | case DFmode: | |
751 | switch (to_mode) | |
752 | { | |
753 | case SFmode: | |
754 | libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc; | |
755 | break; | |
756 | ||
757 | case XFmode: | |
758 | libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc; | |
759 | break; | |
760 | ||
761 | case TFmode: | |
762 | libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc; | |
763 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
764 | |
765 | default: | |
766 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
767 | } |
768 | break; | |
769 | ||
770 | case XFmode: | |
771 | switch (to_mode) | |
772 | { | |
773 | case SFmode: | |
774 | libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc; | |
775 | break; | |
776 | ||
777 | case DFmode: | |
778 | libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc; | |
779 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
780 | |
781 | default: | |
782 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
783 | } |
784 | break; | |
785 | ||
786 | case TFmode: | |
787 | switch (to_mode) | |
788 | { | |
789 | case SFmode: | |
790 | libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc; | |
791 | break; | |
792 | ||
793 | case DFmode: | |
794 | libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc; | |
795 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
796 | |
797 | default: | |
798 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
799 | } |
800 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
801 | |
802 | default: | |
803 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
804 | } |
805 | ||
806 | if (libcall == (rtx) 0) | |
807 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
808 | abort (); |
809 | ||
81d79e2c RS |
810 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, 1, to_mode, |
811 | 1, from, from_mode); | |
812 | emit_move_insn (to, value); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
813 | return; |
814 | } | |
815 | ||
816 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ | |
817 | ||
818 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
819 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
820 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
821 | { | |
822 | rtx insns; | |
823 | rtx lowpart; | |
824 | rtx fill_value; | |
825 | rtx lowfrom; | |
826 | int i; | |
827 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
828 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
829 | ||
830 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
831 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
832 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
833 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
834 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
835 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
836 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
837 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
838 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
839 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
840 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
841 | return; | |
842 | } | |
843 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
844 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
845 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
846 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
847 | { | |
a81fee56 | 848 | if (GET_CODE (to) == REG) |
38a448ca | 849 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, to)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
850 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); |
851 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
852 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
853 | return; | |
854 | } | |
855 | ||
856 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
857 | start_sequence (); | |
858 | ||
5c5033c3 RK |
859 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure |
860 | that the source does not overlap the target. */ | |
861 | ||
862 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
863 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
864 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
865 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
866 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
867 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
868 | else | |
869 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
870 | ||
871 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
872 | ||
873 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
874 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
875 | ||
876 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
877 | if (unsignedp) | |
878 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
879 | else | |
880 | { | |
881 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
882 | if (HAVE_slt | |
883 | && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == word_mode | |
884 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) | |
885 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
886 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
887 | lowpart_mode, 0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
888 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
889 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
890 | } | |
891 | else | |
892 | #endif | |
893 | { | |
894 | fill_value | |
895 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
896 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 897 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
898 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
899 | } | |
900 | } | |
901 | ||
902 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
903 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
904 | { | |
905 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
906 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
907 | ||
908 | if (subword == 0) | |
909 | abort (); | |
910 | ||
911 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
912 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
913 | } | |
914 | ||
915 | insns = get_insns (); | |
916 | end_sequence (); | |
917 | ||
906c4e36 | 918 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
38a448ca | 919 | gen_rtx_fmt_e (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
920 | return; |
921 | } | |
922 | ||
d3c64ee3 RS |
923 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
924 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD | |
925 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 926 | { |
431a6eca JW |
927 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
928 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
929 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
930 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
931 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
932 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
933 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
934 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
935 | return; | |
936 | } | |
937 | ||
938 | /* Handle pointer conversion */ /* SPEE 900220 */ | |
939 | if (to_mode == PSImode) | |
940 | { | |
941 | if (from_mode != SImode) | |
942 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
943 | ||
1f584163 DE |
944 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi2 |
945 | if (HAVE_truncsipsi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 946 | { |
1f584163 | 947 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
948 | return; |
949 | } | |
1f584163 | 950 | #endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
951 | abort (); |
952 | } | |
953 | ||
954 | if (from_mode == PSImode) | |
955 | { | |
956 | if (to_mode != SImode) | |
957 | { | |
958 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
959 | from_mode = SImode; | |
960 | } | |
961 | else | |
962 | { | |
1f584163 DE |
963 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi2 |
964 | if (HAVE_extendpsisi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 965 | { |
1f584163 | 966 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
967 | return; |
968 | } | |
1f584163 | 969 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
970 | abort (); |
971 | } | |
972 | } | |
973 | ||
0407367d RK |
974 | if (to_mode == PDImode) |
975 | { | |
976 | if (from_mode != DImode) | |
977 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
978 | ||
979 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdipdi2 | |
980 | if (HAVE_truncdipdi2) | |
981 | { | |
982 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdipdi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
983 | return; | |
984 | } | |
985 | #endif /* HAVE_truncdipdi2 */ | |
986 | abort (); | |
987 | } | |
988 | ||
989 | if (from_mode == PDImode) | |
990 | { | |
991 | if (to_mode != DImode) | |
992 | { | |
993 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
994 | from_mode = DImode; | |
995 | } | |
996 | else | |
997 | { | |
998 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpdidi2 | |
999 | if (HAVE_extendpdidi2) | |
1000 | { | |
1001 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpdidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1002 | return; | |
1003 | } | |
1004 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpdidi2 */ | |
1005 | abort (); | |
1006 | } | |
1007 | } | |
1008 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1009 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
1010 | no more than a word long. */ | |
1011 | ||
1012 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
1013 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
1014 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
d3c64ee3 | 1015 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))) |
bbf6f052 | 1016 | { |
d3c64ee3 RS |
1017 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
1018 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
1019 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
1020 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
1021 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
1022 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
1023 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
34aa3599 RK |
1024 | if (GET_CODE (from) == REG && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
1025 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) | |
1026 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1027 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
1028 | return; | |
1029 | } | |
1030 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 1031 | /* Handle extension. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1032 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
1033 | { | |
1034 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
1035 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
1036 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1037 | { | |
1038 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); | |
1039 | return; | |
1040 | } | |
1041 | else | |
1042 | { | |
1043 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
1044 | ||
1045 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
1046 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
1047 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
1048 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
1049 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1050 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
1051 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (to_mode, intermediate))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1052 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
1053 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
1054 | { | |
1055 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
1056 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
1057 | return; | |
1058 | } | |
1059 | ||
1060 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. */ | |
1061 | abort (); | |
1062 | } | |
1063 | } | |
1064 | ||
1065 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ | |
1066 | ||
1067 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1068 | { | |
1069 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2 | |
1070 | if (HAVE_truncdisi2) | |
1071 | { | |
1072 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1073 | return; | |
1074 | } | |
1075 | #endif | |
1076 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1077 | return; | |
1078 | } | |
1079 | ||
1080 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1081 | { | |
1082 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2 | |
1083 | if (HAVE_truncdihi2) | |
1084 | { | |
1085 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1086 | return; | |
1087 | } | |
1088 | #endif | |
1089 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1090 | return; | |
1091 | } | |
1092 | ||
1093 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1094 | { | |
1095 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2 | |
1096 | if (HAVE_truncdiqi2) | |
1097 | { | |
1098 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1099 | return; | |
1100 | } | |
1101 | #endif | |
1102 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1103 | return; | |
1104 | } | |
1105 | ||
1106 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1107 | { | |
1108 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2 | |
1109 | if (HAVE_truncsihi2) | |
1110 | { | |
1111 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1112 | return; | |
1113 | } | |
1114 | #endif | |
1115 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1116 | return; | |
1117 | } | |
1118 | ||
1119 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1120 | { | |
1121 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2 | |
1122 | if (HAVE_truncsiqi2) | |
1123 | { | |
1124 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1125 | return; | |
1126 | } | |
1127 | #endif | |
1128 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1129 | return; | |
1130 | } | |
1131 | ||
1132 | if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1133 | { | |
1134 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2 | |
1135 | if (HAVE_trunchiqi2) | |
1136 | { | |
1137 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1138 | return; | |
1139 | } | |
1140 | #endif | |
1141 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1142 | return; | |
1143 | } | |
1144 | ||
b9bcad65 RK |
1145 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == DImode) |
1146 | { | |
1147 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctidi2 | |
1148 | if (HAVE_trunctidi2) | |
1149 | { | |
1150 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1151 | return; | |
1152 | } | |
1153 | #endif | |
1154 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1155 | return; | |
1156 | } | |
1157 | ||
1158 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1159 | { | |
1160 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctisi2 | |
1161 | if (HAVE_trunctisi2) | |
1162 | { | |
1163 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1164 | return; | |
1165 | } | |
1166 | #endif | |
1167 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1168 | return; | |
1169 | } | |
1170 | ||
1171 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctihi2 | |
1174 | if (HAVE_trunctihi2) | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1177 | return; | |
1178 | } | |
1179 | #endif | |
1180 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1181 | return; | |
1182 | } | |
1183 | ||
1184 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1185 | { | |
1186 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctiqi2 | |
1187 | if (HAVE_trunctiqi2) | |
1188 | { | |
1189 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1190 | return; | |
1191 | } | |
1192 | #endif | |
1193 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1194 | return; | |
1195 | } | |
1196 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1197 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
1198 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
1199 | and for which there was no special instruction. */ | |
1200 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
1201 | { | |
1202 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
1203 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
1204 | return; | |
1205 | } | |
1206 | ||
1207 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
1208 | abort (); | |
1209 | } | |
1210 | ||
1211 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1212 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
1213 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
1214 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1215 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
1216 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
1217 | ||
1218 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1219 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1220 | |
1221 | rtx | |
1222 | convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp) | |
1223 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1224 | rtx x; | |
1225 | int unsignedp; | |
5ffe63ed RS |
1226 | { |
1227 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
1228 | } | |
1229 | ||
1230 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1231 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
1232 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
1233 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1234 | ||
1235 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
1236 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
1237 | ||
1238 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. | |
1239 | ||
1240 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1241 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
1242 | ||
1243 | rtx | |
1244 | convert_modes (mode, oldmode, x, unsignedp) | |
1245 | enum machine_mode mode, oldmode; | |
1246 | rtx x; | |
1247 | int unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1248 | { |
1249 | register rtx temp; | |
5ffe63ed | 1250 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
1251 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
1252 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
1253 | ||
1254 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
1255 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
1256 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
1257 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 1258 | |
64791b18 RK |
1259 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
1260 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
1261 | ||
5ffe63ed | 1262 | if (mode == oldmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1263 | return x; |
1264 | ||
1265 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 1266 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
1267 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
1268 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
1269 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
1270 | ||
1271 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1272 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1273 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 ILT |
1274 | { |
1275 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1276 | ||
1277 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1278 | && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
1279 | { | |
1280 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1281 | ||
1282 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ | |
1283 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1284 | } | |
1285 | ||
1286 | return immed_double_const (val, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); | |
1287 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1288 | |
1289 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
1290 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
1291 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
1292 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 1293 | |
ba2e110c RK |
1294 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT |
1295 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1296 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 1297 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1298 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
5ffe63ed | 1299 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode) |
d57c66da JW |
1300 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
1301 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) | |
2bf29316 JW |
1302 | || (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1303 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), | |
1304 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
1305 | { |
1306 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
1307 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
1308 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
1309 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1310 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode)) | |
1311 | { | |
1312 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1313 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1314 | ||
1315 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
1316 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
1317 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1318 | if (! unsignedp | |
1319 | && (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))) | |
1320 | val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width; | |
1321 | ||
1322 | return GEN_INT (val); | |
1323 | } | |
1324 | ||
1325 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
1326 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1327 | |
1328 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1329 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
1330 | return temp; | |
1331 | } | |
1332 | \f | |
1333 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes | |
1334 | from block FROM to block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). | |
1335 | The caller must pass FROM and TO | |
1336 | through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
1337 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1338 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1339 | static void |
1340 | move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align) | |
1341 | rtx to, from; | |
1342 | int len, align; | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
1345 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); | |
e87b4f3f | 1346 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1347 | |
1348 | data.offset = 0; | |
1349 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
1350 | data.from_addr = from_addr; | |
1351 | data.to = to; | |
1352 | data.from = from; | |
1353 | data.autinc_to | |
1354 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1355 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1356 | data.autinc_from | |
1357 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1358 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
1359 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1360 | ||
1361 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
1362 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
1363 | data.reverse | |
1364 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1365 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
1366 | data.len = len; | |
1367 | ||
e9cf6a97 JW |
1368 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); |
1369 | data.from_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from); | |
1370 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1371 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, |
1372 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1373 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1374 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
1375 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1376 | { | |
1377 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1378 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
1379 | { | |
1380 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
1381 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1382 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
1383 | } | |
1384 | #endif | |
1385 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1386 | if (! data.autinc_from) | |
1387 | { | |
1388 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1389 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1390 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
1391 | } | |
1392 | #endif | |
1393 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) | |
1394 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1395 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1396 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1397 | { | |
1398 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1399 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1400 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1401 | } | |
1402 | #endif | |
1403 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1404 | if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1405 | { | |
1406 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1407 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1408 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1409 | } | |
1410 | #endif | |
1411 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) | |
1412 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1413 | } | |
1414 | ||
c7a7ac46 | 1415 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
e87b4f3f | 1416 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1417 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1418 | |
1419 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1420 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1421 | ||
1422 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1423 | { | |
1424 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1425 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1426 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1427 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1428 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1429 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1430 | mode = tmode; |
1431 | ||
1432 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1433 | break; | |
1434 | ||
1435 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1436 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1437 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1438 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1439 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
1440 | ||
1441 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1442 | } | |
1443 | ||
1444 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2a8e278c | 1445 | if (data.len > 0) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1446 | abort (); |
1447 | } | |
1448 | ||
1449 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
1450 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1451 | ||
1452 | static int | |
1453 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align) | |
1454 | unsigned int l; | |
1455 | int align; | |
1456 | { | |
1457 | register int n_insns = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 1458 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 | 1459 | |
c7a7ac46 | 1460 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
e87b4f3f | 1461 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1462 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1463 | |
1464 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1465 | { | |
1466 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1467 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1468 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1469 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1470 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1471 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1472 | mode = tmode; |
1473 | ||
1474 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1475 | break; | |
1476 | ||
1477 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1478 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1479 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1480 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1481 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1482 | ||
1483 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1484 | } | |
1485 | ||
1486 | return n_insns; | |
1487 | } | |
1488 | ||
1489 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1490 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1491 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1492 | ||
1493 | static void | |
1494 | move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
eae4b970 | 1495 | rtx (*genfun) PROTO ((rtx, ...)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1496 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1497 | struct move_by_pieces *data; | |
1498 | { | |
1499 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1500 | register rtx to1, from1; | |
1501 | ||
1502 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1503 | { | |
1504 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
1505 | ||
1506 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 1507 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
1508 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
1509 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
1510 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1511 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
effbcc6a | 1512 | |
db3cf6fb MS |
1513 | from1 |
1514 | = (data->autinc_from | |
38a448ca | 1515 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->from_addr) |
db3cf6fb MS |
1516 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->from, mode, |
1517 | plus_constant (data->from_addr, | |
1518 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1519 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from1) = data->from_struct; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1520 | |
1521 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1522 | if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1523 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1524 | if (data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1525 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1526 | #endif |
1527 | ||
1528 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
1529 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1530 | if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1531 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1532 | if (data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1533 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1534 | #endif |
1535 | ||
1536 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
1537 | ||
1538 | data->len -= size; | |
1539 | } | |
1540 | } | |
1541 | \f | |
1542 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. | |
1543 | This may be done with string-move instructions, | |
1544 | with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call. | |
1545 | ||
1546 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) | |
1547 | with mode BLKmode. | |
1548 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. | |
1549 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have, | |
e9a25f70 | 1550 | measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 1551 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1552 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1553 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1554 | ||
1555 | rtx | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1556 | emit_block_move (x, y, size, align) |
1557 | rtx x, y; | |
1558 | rtx size; | |
1559 | int align; | |
1560 | { | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1561 | rtx retval = 0; |
1562 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1563 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) |
1564 | abort (); | |
1565 | ||
1566 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) | |
1567 | abort (); | |
1568 | ||
1569 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1570 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1571 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1572 | |
1573 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1574 | abort (); | |
1575 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1576 | abort (); | |
1577 | if (size == 0) | |
1578 | abort (); | |
1579 | ||
1580 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1581 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns (INTVAL (size), align) < MOVE_RATIO)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1582 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align); |
1583 | else | |
1584 | { | |
1585 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
1586 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1587 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
266007a7 | 1588 | |
0bba3f6f | 1589 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
266007a7 RK |
1590 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1591 | ||
1592 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
1593 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
bbf6f052 | 1594 | { |
266007a7 | 1595 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
266007a7 RK |
1596 | |
1597 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
803090c4 RK |
1598 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT |
1599 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
8008b228 | 1600 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the |
803090c4 | 1601 | actual mode mask. */ |
8ca00751 RK |
1602 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
1603 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
1604 | <= GET_MODE_MASK (mode))) | |
1605 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
0bba3f6f RK |
1606 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 |
1607 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1608 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0 | |
1609 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1610 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0 | |
1611 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) (opalign, | |
1612 | VOIDmode))) | |
bbf6f052 | 1613 | { |
1ba1e2a8 | 1614 | rtx op2; |
266007a7 RK |
1615 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
1616 | rtx pat; | |
1617 | ||
1ba1e2a8 | 1618 | op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); |
0bba3f6f RK |
1619 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0 |
1620 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (op2, mode)) | |
266007a7 RK |
1621 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); |
1622 | ||
1623 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1624 | if (pat) | |
1625 | { | |
1626 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 1627 | return 0; |
266007a7 RK |
1628 | } |
1629 | else | |
1630 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1631 | } |
1632 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1633 | |
1634 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1635 | retval |
1636 | = emit_library_call_value (memcpy_libfunc, NULL_RTX, 0, | |
1637 | ptr_mode, 3, XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
1638 | XEXP (y, 0), Pmode, | |
1639 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size, | |
1640 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
1641 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 1642 | #else |
d562e42e | 1643 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1644 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode, |
1645 | XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
3b6f75e2 JW |
1646 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, |
1647 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
1648 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1649 | #endif |
1650 | } | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1651 | |
1652 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1653 | } |
1654 | \f | |
1655 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1656 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1657 | ||
1658 | void | |
1659 | move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs, mode) | |
1660 | int regno; | |
1661 | rtx x; | |
1662 | int nregs; | |
1663 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1664 | { | |
1665 | int i; | |
1666 | rtx pat, last; | |
1667 | ||
72bb9717 RK |
1668 | if (nregs == 0) |
1669 | return; | |
1670 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1671 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) |
1672 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1673 | ||
1674 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1675 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1676 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1677 | { |
c3a02afe | 1678 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1679 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
1680 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1681 | if (pat) | |
1682 | { | |
1683 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1684 | return; | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | else | |
1687 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1688 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1689 | #endif |
1690 | ||
1691 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1692 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1693 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
1694 | } | |
1695 | ||
1696 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
0040593d JW |
1697 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. SIZE indicates the number |
1698 | of bytes in the object X. */ | |
1699 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1700 | |
1701 | void | |
0040593d | 1702 | move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs, size) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1703 | int regno; |
1704 | rtx x; | |
1705 | int nregs; | |
0040593d | 1706 | int size; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1707 | { |
1708 | int i; | |
1709 | rtx pat, last; | |
58a32c5c | 1710 | enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 | 1711 | |
58a32c5c DE |
1712 | /* If SIZE is that of a mode no bigger than a word, just use that |
1713 | mode's store operation. */ | |
1714 | if (size <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1715 | && (mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode) | |
1716 | { | |
1717 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, mode, NULL), | |
38a448ca | 1718 | gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno)); |
58a32c5c DE |
1719 | return; |
1720 | } | |
1721 | ||
0040593d | 1722 | /* Blocks smaller than a word on a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN machine must be aligned |
58a32c5c DE |
1723 | to the left before storing to memory. Note that the previous test |
1724 | doesn't handle all cases (e.g. SIZE == 3). */ | |
0040593d JW |
1725 | if (size < UNITS_PER_WORD && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
1726 | { | |
1727 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, 0, 1, BLKmode); | |
1728 | rtx shift; | |
1729 | ||
1730 | if (tem == 0) | |
1731 | abort (); | |
1732 | ||
1733 | shift = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, word_mode, | |
38a448ca | 1734 | gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
0040593d JW |
1735 | build_int_2 ((UNITS_PER_WORD - size) |
1736 | * BITS_PER_UNIT, 0), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
1737 | emit_move_insn (tem, shift); | |
1738 | return; | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1741 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
1742 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1743 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1744 | { |
c3a02afe | 1745 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1746 | pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
c3a02afe RK |
1747 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1748 | if (pat) | |
1749 | { | |
1750 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1751 | return; | |
1752 | } | |
1753 | else | |
1754 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1755 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1756 | #endif |
1757 | ||
1758 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1759 | { | |
1760 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1761 | ||
1762 | if (tem == 0) | |
1763 | abort (); | |
1764 | ||
38a448ca | 1765 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1766 | } |
1767 | } | |
1768 | ||
fffa9c1d JW |
1769 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X, where X is non-consecutive |
1770 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
1771 | ||
1772 | void | |
1773 | emit_group_load (x, y) | |
1774 | rtx x, y; | |
1775 | { | |
1776 | rtx target_reg, source; | |
1777 | int i; | |
1778 | ||
1779 | if (GET_CODE (x) != PARALLEL) | |
1780 | abort (); | |
1781 | ||
1782 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1783 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
1784 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (x, 0, 0), 0)) | |
1785 | i = 0; | |
1786 | else | |
1787 | i = 1; | |
1788 | ||
1789 | for (; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++) | |
1790 | { | |
1791 | rtx element = XVECEXP (x, 0, i); | |
1792 | ||
1793 | target_reg = XEXP (element, 0); | |
1794 | ||
1795 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM) | |
1796 | source = change_address (y, GET_MODE (target_reg), | |
1797 | plus_constant (XEXP (y, 0), | |
1798 | INTVAL (XEXP (element, 1)))); | |
1799 | else if (XEXP (element, 1) == const0_rtx) | |
1800 | { | |
1801 | if (GET_MODE (target_reg) == GET_MODE (y)) | |
1802 | source = y; | |
eaa9b4d9 MM |
1803 | /* Allow for the target_reg to be smaller than the input register |
1804 | to allow for AIX with 4 DF arguments after a single SI arg. The | |
1805 | last DF argument will only load 1 word into the integer registers, | |
1806 | but load a DF value into the float registers. */ | |
aff4d29b JW |
1807 | else if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target_reg)) |
1808 | <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y))) | |
1809 | && GET_MODE (target_reg) == word_mode) | |
1810 | /* This might be a const_double, so we can't just use SUBREG. */ | |
1811 | source = operand_subword (y, 0, 0, VOIDmode); | |
d7d775a0 JW |
1812 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target_reg)) |
1813 | == GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y))) | |
1814 | source = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (target_reg), y); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1815 | else |
1816 | abort (); | |
1817 | } | |
1818 | else | |
1819 | abort (); | |
1820 | ||
1821 | emit_move_insn (target_reg, source); | |
1822 | } | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | ||
1825 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X, where Y is non-consecutive | |
1826 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
1827 | ||
1828 | void | |
1829 | emit_group_store (x, y) | |
1830 | rtx x, y; | |
1831 | { | |
1832 | rtx source_reg, target; | |
1833 | int i; | |
1834 | ||
1835 | if (GET_CODE (y) != PARALLEL) | |
1836 | abort (); | |
1837 | ||
1838 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1839 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
1840 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (y, 0, 0), 0)) | |
1841 | i = 0; | |
1842 | else | |
1843 | i = 1; | |
1844 | ||
1845 | for (; i < XVECLEN (y, 0); i++) | |
1846 | { | |
1847 | rtx element = XVECEXP (y, 0, i); | |
1848 | ||
1849 | source_reg = XEXP (element, 0); | |
1850 | ||
1851 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
1852 | target = change_address (x, GET_MODE (source_reg), | |
1853 | plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), | |
1854 | INTVAL (XEXP (element, 1)))); | |
1855 | else if (XEXP (element, 1) == const0_rtx) | |
71bc0330 JW |
1856 | { |
1857 | target = x; | |
1858 | if (GET_MODE (target) != GET_MODE (source_reg)) | |
1859 | target = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (source_reg), target); | |
1860 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1861 | else |
1862 | abort (); | |
1863 | ||
1864 | emit_move_insn (target, source_reg); | |
1865 | } | |
1866 | } | |
1867 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
1868 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
1869 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1870 | |
1871 | void | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1872 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg) |
1873 | rtx *call_fusage, reg; | |
1874 | { | |
0304dfbb DE |
1875 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG |
1876 | || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1877 | abort(); |
1878 | ||
1879 | *call_fusage | |
38a448ca RH |
1880 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
1881 | gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1882 | } |
1883 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
1884 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
1885 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1886 | |
1887 | void | |
0304dfbb DE |
1888 | use_regs (call_fusage, regno, nregs) |
1889 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1890 | int regno; |
1891 | int nregs; | |
1892 | { | |
0304dfbb | 1893 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 1894 | |
0304dfbb DE |
1895 | if (regno + nregs > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
1896 | abort (); | |
1897 | ||
1898 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1899 | use_reg (call_fusage, gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[regno + i], regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 | 1900 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
1901 | |
1902 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
1903 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
1904 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
1905 | ||
1906 | void | |
1907 | use_group_regs (call_fusage, regs) | |
1908 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
1909 | rtx regs; | |
1910 | { | |
1911 | int i; | |
1912 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
1913 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
1914 | { | |
1915 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 1916 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
1917 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
1918 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
1919 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 1920 | if (reg != 0 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG) |
6bd35f86 DE |
1921 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
1922 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 1923 | } |
bbf6f052 | 1924 | \f |
9de08200 RK |
1925 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. |
1926 | (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through | |
1927 | protect_from_queue before calling. ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment | |
1928 | we can assume. */ | |
1929 | ||
1930 | static void | |
1931 | clear_by_pieces (to, len, align) | |
1932 | rtx to; | |
1933 | int len, align; | |
1934 | { | |
1935 | struct clear_by_pieces data; | |
1936 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); | |
1937 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; | |
1938 | ||
1939 | data.offset = 0; | |
1940 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
1941 | data.to = to; | |
1942 | data.autinc_to | |
1943 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1944 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1945 | ||
1946 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
1947 | data.reverse | |
1948 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1949 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
1950 | data.len = len; | |
1951 | ||
1952 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); | |
1953 | ||
1954 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
1955 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1956 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1957 | if (!data.autinc_to | |
1958 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1959 | { | |
1960 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1961 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1962 | { | |
1963 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1964 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1965 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1966 | } | |
1967 | #endif | |
1968 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1969 | if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1970 | { | |
1971 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1972 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1973 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1974 | } | |
1975 | #endif | |
1976 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) | |
1977 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | ||
1980 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
1981 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
1982 | align = MOVE_MAX; | |
1983 | ||
1984 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1985 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1986 | ||
1987 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1988 | { | |
1989 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1990 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1991 | ||
1992 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
1993 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1994 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
1995 | mode = tmode; | |
1996 | ||
1997 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1998 | break; | |
1999 | ||
2000 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
2001 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2002 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2003 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
2004 | clear_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
2005 | ||
2006 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2007 | } | |
2008 | ||
2009 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2010 | if (data.len != 0) | |
2011 | abort (); | |
2012 | } | |
2013 | ||
2014 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces. Clear as many bytes as appropriate | |
2015 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
2016 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2017 | ||
2018 | static void | |
2019 | clear_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
eae4b970 | 2020 | rtx (*genfun) PROTO ((rtx, ...)); |
9de08200 RK |
2021 | enum machine_mode mode; |
2022 | struct clear_by_pieces *data; | |
2023 | { | |
2024 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2025 | register rtx to1; | |
2026 | ||
2027 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2028 | { | |
2029 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
2030 | ||
2031 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 2032 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
2033 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
2034 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
2035 | data->offset)))); | |
9de08200 RK |
2036 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
2037 | ||
2038 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
2039 | if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0) | |
2040 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); | |
2041 | #endif | |
2042 | ||
2043 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, const0_rtx)); | |
2044 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
2045 | if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
2046 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); | |
2047 | #endif | |
2048 | ||
2049 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
2050 | ||
2051 | data->len -= size; | |
2052 | } | |
2053 | } | |
2054 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 2055 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. |
9de08200 | 2056 | If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes and ALIGN is |
e9a25f70 | 2057 | the maximum alignment we can is has, measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 2058 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2059 | If we call a function that returns the length of the block, return it. */ |
2060 | ||
2061 | rtx | |
9de08200 | 2062 | clear_storage (object, size, align) |
bbf6f052 | 2063 | rtx object; |
4c08eef0 | 2064 | rtx size; |
9de08200 | 2065 | int align; |
bbf6f052 | 2066 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
2067 | rtx retval = 0; |
2068 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2069 | if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode) |
2070 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2071 | object = protect_from_queue (object, 1); |
2072 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); | |
2073 | ||
2074 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2075 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns (INTVAL (size), align) < MOVE_RATIO)) | |
2076 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); | |
2077 | ||
2078 | else | |
2079 | { | |
2080 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2081 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2082 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2083 | ||
2084 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); | |
2085 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2086 | ||
2087 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
2088 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2089 | { | |
2090 | enum insn_code code = clrstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
2091 | ||
2092 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2093 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2094 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2095 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2096 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
2097 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2098 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
2099 | <= GET_MODE_MASK (mode))) | |
2100 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
2101 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 | |
2102 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (object, | |
2103 | BLKmode)) | |
2104 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] == 0 | |
2105 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (opalign, | |
2106 | VOIDmode))) | |
2107 | { | |
2108 | rtx op1; | |
2109 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
2110 | rtx pat; | |
2111 | ||
2112 | op1 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
2113 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] != 0 | |
2114 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (op1, | |
2115 | mode)) | |
2116 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op1); | |
2117 | ||
2118 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (object, op1, opalign); | |
2119 | if (pat) | |
2120 | { | |
2121 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 2122 | return 0; |
9de08200 RK |
2123 | } |
2124 | else | |
2125 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
2126 | } | |
2127 | } | |
2128 | ||
2129 | ||
bbf6f052 | 2130 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
e9a25f70 JL |
2131 | retval |
2132 | = emit_library_call_value (memset_libfunc, NULL_RTX, 0, | |
2133 | ptr_mode, 3, | |
2134 | XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, | |
2135 | const0_rtx, | |
2136 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), | |
2137 | convert_to_mode | |
2138 | (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size, | |
2139 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
2140 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 2141 | #else |
9de08200 RK |
2142 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, |
2143 | VOIDmode, 2, | |
2144 | XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2145 | convert_to_mode |
2146 | (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, | |
2147 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
9de08200 | 2148 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); |
bbf6f052 | 2149 | #endif |
9de08200 | 2150 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2151 | } |
2152 | else | |
66ed0683 | 2153 | emit_move_insn (object, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (object))); |
e9a25f70 JL |
2154 | |
2155 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2156 | } |
2157 | ||
2158 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. | |
2159 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
2160 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
2161 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
2162 | ||
2163 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
2164 | ||
2165 | rtx | |
2166 | emit_move_insn (x, y) | |
2167 | rtx x, y; | |
2168 | { | |
2169 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2170 | |
2171 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
2172 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
2173 | ||
2174 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
2175 | abort (); | |
2176 | ||
2177 | if (CONSTANT_P (y) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
2178 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
2179 | ||
2180 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
2181 | for the machine. */ | |
2182 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
2183 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
2184 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2185 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2186 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
2187 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
2188 | ||
2189 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
2190 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
2191 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2192 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
2193 | y = change_address (y, VOIDmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
2194 | ||
2195 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2196 | abort (); | |
2197 | ||
261c4230 RS |
2198 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
2199 | } | |
2200 | ||
2201 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
2202 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
2203 | are basically valid. */ | |
2204 | ||
2205 | rtx | |
2206 | emit_move_insn_1 (x, y) | |
2207 | rtx x, y; | |
2208 | { | |
2209 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2210 | enum machine_mode submode; | |
2211 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
2212 | int i; | |
2213 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2214 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
2215 | return | |
2216 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
2217 | ||
89742723 | 2218 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */ |
7308a047 | 2219 | else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) |
d0c76654 RK |
2220 | && BLKmode != (submode = mode_for_size ((GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) |
2221 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
2222 | (class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
2223 | ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT), | |
2224 | 0)) | |
7308a047 RS |
2225 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code |
2226 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
2227 | { | |
2228 | /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */ | |
2229 | int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
6551fa4d | 2230 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 | 2231 | |
7308a047 RS |
2232 | /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it |
2233 | will be in the argument order. | |
2234 | ||
2235 | In that case, change_address is used only to convert | |
2236 | the mode, not to change the address. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2237 | if (stack) |
2238 | { | |
e33c0d66 RS |
2239 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
2240 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2241 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
2242 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2243 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2244 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2245 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2246 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2247 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2248 | #else |
2249 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2250 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2251 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2252 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2253 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2254 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2255 | #endif |
2256 | } | |
2257 | else | |
2258 | { | |
2259 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
976ff203 | 2260 | (gen_realpart (submode, x), gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2261 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
976ff203 | 2262 | (gen_imagpart (submode, x), gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2263 | } |
7308a047 | 2264 | |
7a1ab50a | 2265 | return get_last_insn (); |
7308a047 RS |
2266 | } |
2267 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2268 | /* This will handle any multi-word mode that lacks a move_insn pattern. |
2269 | However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
2270 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ | |
a4320483 | 2271 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2272 | { |
2273 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
6551fa4d JW |
2274 | rtx insns; |
2275 | ||
a98c9f1a RK |
2276 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
2277 | ||
2278 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace | |
2279 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
2280 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2281 | { | |
2282 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); | |
2283 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | #endif | |
2286 | ||
15a7a8ec | 2287 | /* Show the output dies here. */ |
43e046cb | 2288 | if (x != y) |
38a448ca | 2289 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
15a7a8ec | 2290 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2291 | for (i = 0; |
2292 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2293 | i++) | |
2294 | { | |
2295 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
2296 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2297 | ||
2298 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
2299 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
2300 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
2301 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
2302 | { | |
2303 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
2304 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2305 | } | |
2306 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
2307 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
2308 | ||
2309 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
2310 | abort (); | |
2311 | ||
2312 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); | |
2313 | } | |
6551fa4d | 2314 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2315 | return last_insn; |
2316 | } | |
2317 | else | |
2318 | abort (); | |
2319 | } | |
2320 | \f | |
2321 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
2322 | ||
2323 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
2324 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
2325 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
2326 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
2327 | ||
2328 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
2329 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
2330 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
2331 | ||
2332 | rtx | |
2333 | push_block (size, extra, below) | |
2334 | rtx size; | |
2335 | int extra, below; | |
2336 | { | |
2337 | register rtx temp; | |
88f63c77 RK |
2338 | |
2339 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2340 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
2341 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
2342 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
2343 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
2344 | else | |
2345 | { | |
2346 | rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); | |
2347 | if (extra != 0) | |
906c4e36 | 2348 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2349 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
2350 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
2351 | } | |
2352 | ||
2353 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2354 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; | |
2355 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
2356 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
2357 | #else | |
2358 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
2359 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
2360 | - INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); | |
2361 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) | |
38a448ca | 2362 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2363 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); |
2364 | else | |
38a448ca | 2365 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2366 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); |
2367 | #endif | |
2368 | ||
2369 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
2370 | } | |
2371 | ||
87e38d84 | 2372 | rtx |
bbf6f052 RK |
2373 | gen_push_operand () |
2374 | { | |
38a448ca | 2375 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2376 | } |
2377 | ||
921b3427 RK |
2378 | /* Return an rtx for the address of the beginning of a as-if-it-was-pushed |
2379 | block of SIZE bytes. */ | |
2380 | ||
2381 | static rtx | |
2382 | get_push_address (size) | |
2383 | int size; | |
2384 | { | |
2385 | register rtx temp; | |
2386 | ||
2387 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
38a448ca | 2388 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 | 2389 | else if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) |
38a448ca | 2390 | temp = gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 RK |
2391 | else |
2392 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; | |
2393 | ||
c85f7c16 | 2394 | return copy_to_reg (temp); |
921b3427 RK |
2395 | } |
2396 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2397 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
2398 | type TYPE. | |
2399 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
2400 | carry mode info). | |
2401 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
2402 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
2403 | ||
2404 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. | |
2405 | ||
cd048831 RK |
2406 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
2407 | words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2408 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, |
2409 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
2410 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
cd048831 RK |
2411 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
2412 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
2413 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2414 | |
2415 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 2416 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
2417 | |
2418 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
2419 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
2420 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
2421 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
2422 | ||
2423 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. */ | |
2424 | ||
2425 | void | |
2426 | emit_push_insn (x, mode, type, size, align, partial, reg, extra, | |
2427 | args_addr, args_so_far) | |
2428 | register rtx x; | |
2429 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2430 | tree type; | |
2431 | rtx size; | |
2432 | int align; | |
2433 | int partial; | |
2434 | rtx reg; | |
2435 | int extra; | |
2436 | rtx args_addr; | |
2437 | rtx args_so_far; | |
2438 | { | |
2439 | rtx xinner; | |
2440 | enum direction stack_direction | |
2441 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2442 | = downward; | |
2443 | #else | |
2444 | = upward; | |
2445 | #endif | |
2446 | ||
2447 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
2448 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
2449 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
2450 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
2451 | ||
2452 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-update. */ | |
2453 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC || STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
2454 | if (where_pad != none) | |
2455 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
2456 | ||
2457 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
2458 | ||
2459 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2460 | { | |
2461 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
2462 | ||
2463 | register rtx temp; | |
2464 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2465 | int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2466 | int skip; | |
2467 | ||
2468 | if (size == 0) | |
2469 | abort (); | |
2470 | ||
2471 | used -= offset; | |
2472 | ||
2473 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
2474 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
2475 | ||
2476 | if (partial != 0) | |
2477 | xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode, | |
2478 | plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used)); | |
2479 | ||
2480 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
2481 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
2482 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
2483 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
2484 | #ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
2485 | skip = 0; | |
2486 | #else | |
2487 | skip = used; | |
2488 | #endif | |
2489 | ||
2490 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
2491 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
2492 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
2493 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
2494 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
2495 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2496 | && skip == 0 | |
2497 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align) | |
2498 | < MOVE_RATIO) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2499 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
2500 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
2501 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
c7a7ac46 | 2502 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS) |
e87b4f3f | 2503 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT |
bbf6f052 | 2504 | || PUSH_ROUNDING (align) == align) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2505 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
2506 | { | |
2507 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2508 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2509 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2510 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2511 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2512 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 2513 | |
38a448ca | 2514 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner, |
bbf6f052 | 2515 | INTVAL (size) - used, align); |
921b3427 | 2516 | |
956d6950 | 2517 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
2518 | { |
2519 | rtx temp; | |
2520 | ||
956d6950 | 2521 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 2522 | temp = get_push_address (INTVAL(size) - used); |
c85f7c16 | 2523 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 RK |
2524 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2525 | temp, ptr_mode, | |
2526 | XEXP (xinner, 0), ptr_mode, | |
2527 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), | |
2528 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2529 | else | |
2530 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2531 | temp, ptr_mode, | |
2532 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), | |
2533 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2534 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2535 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2536 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2537 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2538 | } |
2539 | else | |
2540 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ | |
2541 | { | |
2542 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data | |
2543 | to the address of that space. */ | |
2544 | ||
2545 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
2546 | if (partial != 0) | |
2547 | { | |
2548 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 2549 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2550 | else |
2551 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
2552 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
2553 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2554 | } |
2555 | ||
2556 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
2557 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
2558 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
2559 | if (! args_addr) | |
2560 | { | |
2561 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
2562 | extra = 0; | |
2563 | } | |
2564 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
2565 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
2566 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
2567 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
2568 | else | |
2569 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
2570 | plus_constant (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, |
2571 | args_addr, | |
2572 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 2573 | skip)); |
956d6950 | 2574 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
2575 | { |
2576 | rtx target; | |
2577 | ||
956d6950 | 2578 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 2579 | target = copy_to_reg (temp); |
c85f7c16 | 2580 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 RK |
2581 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2582 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2583 | XEXP (xinner, 0), ptr_mode, | |
2584 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2585 | else | |
2586 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2587 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2588 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2589 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2590 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2591 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2592 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2593 | |
2594 | /* TEMP is the address of the block. Copy the data there. */ | |
2595 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2596 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align) | |
2597 | < MOVE_RATIO)) | |
2598 | { | |
38a448ca | 2599 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), xinner, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2600 | INTVAL (size), align); |
2601 | goto ret; | |
2602 | } | |
2603 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2604 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2605 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2606 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi | |
2607 | if (HAVE_movstrqi | |
2608 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2609 | && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) | |
2610 | < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1)))) | |
2611 | { | |
38a448ca | 2612 | rtx pat = gen_movstrqi (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), |
c841050e RS |
2613 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align)); |
2614 | if (pat != 0) | |
2615 | { | |
2616 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2617 | goto ret; | |
2618 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2619 | } |
2620 | #endif | |
2621 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi | |
2622 | if (HAVE_movstrhi | |
2623 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2624 | && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) | |
2625 | < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1)))) | |
2626 | { | |
38a448ca | 2627 | rtx pat = gen_movstrhi (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), |
c841050e RS |
2628 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align)); |
2629 | if (pat != 0) | |
2630 | { | |
2631 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2632 | goto ret; | |
2633 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2634 | } |
2635 | #endif | |
2636 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi | |
2637 | if (HAVE_movstrsi) | |
2638 | { | |
38a448ca | 2639 | rtx pat = gen_movstrsi (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), |
c841050e RS |
2640 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align)); |
2641 | if (pat != 0) | |
2642 | { | |
2643 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2644 | goto ret; | |
2645 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2646 | } |
2647 | #endif | |
2648 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrdi | |
2649 | if (HAVE_movstrdi) | |
2650 | { | |
38a448ca | 2651 | rtx pat = gen_movstrdi (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), |
c841050e RS |
2652 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align)); |
2653 | if (pat != 0) | |
2654 | { | |
2655 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2656 | goto ret; | |
2657 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2658 | } |
2659 | #endif | |
2660 | ||
2661 | #ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
2662 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
2663 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
2664 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
2665 | ||
2666 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
2667 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
2668 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
2669 | #endif | |
2670 | ||
2671 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
2672 | to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away. */ | |
2673 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
2674 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 2675 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 2676 | VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, |
0fa83258 RK |
2677 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
2678 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 2679 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 2680 | #else |
d562e42e | 2681 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 2682 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
2683 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
2684 | size, | |
2685 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
2686 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2687 | #endif |
2688 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
2689 | } | |
2690 | } | |
2691 | else if (partial > 0) | |
2692 | { | |
2693 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
2694 | ||
2695 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2696 | int i; | |
2697 | int not_stack; | |
2698 | /* # words of start of argument | |
2699 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
2700 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
2701 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
2702 | int skip; | |
2703 | ||
2704 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2705 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2706 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2707 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2708 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2709 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2710 | |
2711 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
2712 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
2713 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
2714 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
2715 | offset = 0; | |
2716 | ||
2717 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
2718 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
2719 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
2720 | ||
2721 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
2722 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
2723 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
2724 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
2725 | #ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
2726 | skip = 0; | |
2727 | #else | |
2728 | skip = not_stack; | |
2729 | #endif | |
2730 | ||
2731 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
2732 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
2733 | ||
2734 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
2735 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
2736 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2737 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
2738 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
2739 | ||
2740 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
2741 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
2742 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
2743 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
2744 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
2745 | #else | |
2746 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
2747 | #endif | |
2748 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
2749 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
2750 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
2751 | 0, args_addr, | |
2752 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2753 | * UNITS_PER_WORD))); |
2754 | } | |
2755 | else | |
2756 | { | |
2757 | rtx addr; | |
921b3427 | 2758 | rtx target = NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2759 | |
2760 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2761 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2762 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2763 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2764 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2765 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2766 | |
2767 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
2768 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
2769 | addr = gen_push_operand (); | |
2770 | else | |
2771 | #endif | |
921b3427 RK |
2772 | { |
2773 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
2774 | addr | |
2775 | = memory_address (mode, | |
2776 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
2777 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
2778 | else | |
38a448ca RH |
2779 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
2780 | args_so_far)); | |
921b3427 RK |
2781 | target = addr; |
2782 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 2783 | |
38a448ca | 2784 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr), x); |
921b3427 | 2785 | |
956d6950 | 2786 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 2787 | { |
956d6950 | 2788 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 RK |
2789 | if (target == 0) |
2790 | target = get_push_address (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); | |
2791 | ||
c85f7c16 | 2792 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 RK |
2793 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2794 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2795 | XEXP (x, 0), ptr_mode, | |
2796 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), | |
2797 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2798 | else | |
2799 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2800 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2801 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), | |
2802 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2803 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2804 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2805 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2806 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2807 | } |
2808 | ||
2809 | ret: | |
2810 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part | |
2811 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
2812 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 2813 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2814 | { |
2815 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
2816 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2817 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
2818 | emit_group_load (reg, x); | |
2819 | else | |
2820 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
2821 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2822 | |
2823 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2824 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2825 | } |
2826 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2827 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. |
2828 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
709f5be1 RS |
2829 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx; |
2830 | if the value is constant, this rtx is a constant.) | |
2831 | Otherwise, the returned value is NULL_RTX. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2832 | |
2833 | SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used. | |
2834 | It used to mean, copy the value through a register | |
2835 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
709f5be1 | 2836 | We now use WANT_VALUE to decide whether to do this. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
2837 | |
2838 | rtx | |
2839 | expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg) | |
2840 | tree to, from; | |
2841 | int want_value; | |
2842 | int suggest_reg; | |
2843 | { | |
2844 | register rtx to_rtx = 0; | |
2845 | rtx result; | |
2846 | ||
2847 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
2848 | ||
2849 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
709f5be1 RS |
2850 | { |
2851 | result = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
2852 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; | |
2853 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2854 | |
2855 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
2856 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
2857 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
2858 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
2859 | problem. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 2860 | |
08293add RK |
2861 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF |
2862 | || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2863 | { |
2864 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
2865 | int bitsize; | |
2866 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 2867 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2868 | int unsignedp; |
2869 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 | 2870 | tree tem; |
d78d243c | 2871 | int alignment; |
0088fcb1 RK |
2872 | |
2873 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 RK |
2874 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
2875 | &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2876 | |
2877 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
2878 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
2879 | ||
2880 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
2881 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
2882 | ||
921b3427 | 2883 | to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); |
7bb0943f RS |
2884 | if (offset != 0) |
2885 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2886 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
2887 | |
2888 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
2889 | abort (); | |
2890 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
2891 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
2892 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f | 2893 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2894 | if (volatilep) |
2895 | { | |
2896 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
01188446 JW |
2897 | { |
2898 | /* When the offset is zero, to_rtx is the address of the | |
2899 | structure we are storing into, and hence may be shared. | |
2900 | We must make a new MEM before setting the volatile bit. */ | |
2901 | if (offset == 0) | |
effbcc6a RK |
2902 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
2903 | ||
01188446 JW |
2904 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
2905 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2906 | #if 0 /* This was turned off because, when a field is volatile |
2907 | in an object which is not volatile, the object may be in a register, | |
2908 | and then we would abort over here. */ | |
2909 | else | |
2910 | abort (); | |
2911 | #endif | |
2912 | } | |
2913 | ||
956d6950 JL |
2914 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
2915 | && TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1))) | |
2916 | { | |
2917 | if (offset = 0) | |
2918 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
2919 | ||
2920 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
2921 | } | |
2922 | ||
921b3427 RK |
2923 | /* Check the access. */ |
2924 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
2925 | { | |
2926 | rtx to_addr; | |
2927 | int size; | |
2928 | int best_mode_size; | |
2929 | enum machine_mode best_mode; | |
2930 | ||
2931 | best_mode = get_best_mode (bitsize, bitpos, | |
2932 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)), | |
2933 | mode1, volatilep); | |
2934 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) | |
2935 | best_mode = QImode; | |
2936 | ||
2937 | best_mode_size = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (best_mode); | |
2938 | to_addr = plus_constant (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2939 | size = CEIL ((bitpos % best_mode_size) + bitsize, best_mode_size); | |
2940 | size *= GET_MODE_SIZE (best_mode); | |
2941 | ||
2942 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2943 | if (size) |
2944 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2945 | to_addr, ptr_mode, | |
2946 | GEN_INT (size), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2947 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
2948 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
2949 | } |
2950 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2951 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, |
2952 | (want_value | |
2953 | /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy. */ | |
2954 | ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) | |
2955 | : VOIDmode), | |
2956 | unsignedp, | |
2957 | /* Required alignment of containing datum. */ | |
d78d243c | 2958 | alignment, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2959 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
2960 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
2961 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 2962 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 | 2963 | |
709f5be1 RS |
2964 | /* If the value is meaningful, convert RESULT to the proper mode. |
2965 | Otherwise, return nothing. */ | |
5ffe63ed RS |
2966 | return (want_value ? convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), |
2967 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
2968 | result, | |
2969 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
709f5be1 | 2970 | : NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2971 | } |
2972 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
2973 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
2974 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
2975 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
2976 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
2977 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
2978 | ||
2979 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG since it might be | |
2980 | a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension needs to be done. | |
2981 | Handling this in the normal way is safe because no computation is done | |
2982 | before the call. */ | |
2983 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from) | |
b35cd3c1 | 2984 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
1ad87b63 | 2985 | && ! (TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (to)) == REG)) |
cd1db108 | 2986 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
2987 | rtx value; |
2988 | ||
2989 | push_temp_slots (); | |
2990 | value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
cd1db108 | 2991 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
921b3427 | 2992 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); |
aaf87c45 | 2993 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2994 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
2995 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2996 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
2997 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value); | |
2998 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) | |
db3ec607 | 2999 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), |
ff9b5bd8 | 3000 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
aaf87c45 JL |
3001 | else |
3002 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); | |
cd1db108 RS |
3003 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3004 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3005 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3006 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
cd1db108 RS |
3007 | } |
3008 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3009 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. |
3010 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
3011 | ||
3012 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
921b3427 | 3013 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); |
bbf6f052 | 3014 | |
86d38d25 RS |
3015 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
3016 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG) | |
3017 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3018 | rtx temp; |
3019 | ||
3020 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3021 | temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0); | |
86d38d25 RS |
3022 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); |
3023 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3024 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3025 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3026 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
86d38d25 RS |
3027 | } |
3028 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3029 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
3030 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
3031 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
3032 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
3033 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
3034 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
3035 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3036 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
3037 | ||
3038 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 3039 | size = expr_size (from); |
921b3427 RK |
3040 | from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
3041 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); | |
3042 | ||
3043 | /* Copy the rights of the bitmap. */ | |
3044 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
3045 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3046 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3047 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3048 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3049 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3050 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3051 | |
3052 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 3053 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3054 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3055 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
0fa83258 RK |
3056 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3057 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 3058 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 3059 | #else |
d562e42e | 3060 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3061 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3062 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3063 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3064 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3065 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3066 | #endif |
3067 | ||
3068 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3069 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3070 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3071 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3072 | } |
3073 | ||
3074 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
3075 | ||
0088fcb1 | 3076 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3077 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); |
3078 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
3079 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3080 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3081 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3082 | } |
3083 | ||
3084 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
3085 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3086 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. |
3087 | ||
709f5be1 RS |
3088 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return a copy of the value |
3089 | not in TARGET, so that we can be sure to use the proper | |
3090 | value in a containing expression even if TARGET has something | |
3091 | else stored in it. If possible, we copy the value through a pseudo | |
3092 | and return that pseudo. Or, if the value is constant, we try to | |
3093 | return the constant. In some cases, we return a pseudo | |
3094 | copied *from* TARGET. | |
3095 | ||
3096 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. | |
3097 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
3098 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
3099 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
3100 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
3101 | be more thorough? | |
3102 | ||
3103 | If WANT_VALUE is 0, we return NULL, to make sure | |
3104 | to catch quickly any cases where the caller uses the value | |
3105 | and fails to set WANT_VALUE. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3106 | |
3107 | rtx | |
709f5be1 | 3108 | store_expr (exp, target, want_value) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3109 | register tree exp; |
3110 | register rtx target; | |
709f5be1 | 3111 | int want_value; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3112 | { |
3113 | register rtx temp; | |
3114 | int dont_return_target = 0; | |
3115 | ||
3116 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) | |
3117 | { | |
3118 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
3119 | part. */ | |
3120 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3121 | emit_queue (); | |
709f5be1 | 3122 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3123 | } |
3124 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
3125 | { | |
3126 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
3127 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
3128 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
3129 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
3130 | ||
3131 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3132 | ||
3133 | emit_queue (); | |
3134 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3135 | ||
dabf8373 | 3136 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3137 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
3138 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3139 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3140 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3141 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3142 | emit_queue (); |
3143 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
3144 | emit_barrier (); | |
3145 | emit_label (lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3146 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3147 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3148 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3149 | emit_queue (); |
3150 | emit_label (lab2); | |
3151 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 3152 | |
709f5be1 | 3153 | return want_value ? target : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 3154 | } |
709f5be1 | 3155 | else if (want_value && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3156 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) |
3157 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
3158 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
709f5be1 | 3159 | if EXP is another assignment, WANT_VALUE will be nonzero for it. |
c2e6aff6 RS |
3160 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. |
3161 | Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed | |
3162 | to write it and then read it. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3163 | { |
906c4e36 | 3164 | temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? NULL_RTX : target, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3165 | GET_MODE (target), 0); |
3166 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3167 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3168 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
3169 | } | |
3170 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) | |
709f5be1 RS |
3171 | /* If target contains a postincrement, let's not risk |
3172 | using it as the place to generate the rhs. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3173 | { |
3174 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
3175 | { | |
3176 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
3177 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
3178 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
3179 | } | |
3180 | else | |
906c4e36 | 3181 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), 0); |
709f5be1 RS |
3182 | |
3183 | /* If target is volatile, ANSI requires accessing the value | |
3184 | *from* the target, if it is accessed. So make that happen. | |
3185 | In no case return the target itself. */ | |
3186 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) && want_value) | |
3187 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 3188 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
3189 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
3190 | /* If this is an scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode | |
3191 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode | |
3192 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
3193 | expression. */ | |
3194 | { | |
5a32d038 | 3195 | /* If we don't want a value, we can do the conversion inside EXP, |
f635a84d RK |
3196 | which will often result in some optimizations. Do the conversion |
3197 | in two steps: first change the signedness, if needed, then | |
ab6c58f1 RK |
3198 | the extend. But don't do this if the type of EXP is a subtype |
3199 | of something else since then the conversion might involve | |
3200 | more than just converting modes. */ | |
3201 | if (! want_value && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3202 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0) | |
f635a84d RK |
3203 | { |
3204 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3205 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) | |
3206 | exp | |
3207 | = convert | |
3208 | (signed_or_unsigned_type (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), | |
3209 | TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3210 | exp); | |
3211 | ||
3212 | exp = convert (type_for_mode (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3213 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
3214 | exp); | |
3215 | } | |
5a32d038 | 3216 | |
1499e0a8 | 3217 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
b258707c | 3218 | |
766f36c7 | 3219 | /* If TEMP is a volatile MEM and we want a result value, make |
f29369b9 RK |
3220 | the access now so it gets done only once. Likewise if |
3221 | it contains TARGET. */ | |
3222 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && want_value | |
3223 | && (MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) | |
3224 | || reg_mentioned_p (SUBREG_REG (target), XEXP (temp, 0)))) | |
766f36c7 RK |
3225 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); |
3226 | ||
b258707c RS |
3227 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make |
3228 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
3229 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
3230 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3231 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, | |
3232 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3233 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
3234 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
3235 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
709f5be1 | 3236 | return want_value ? temp : NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 3237 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3238 | else |
3239 | { | |
3240 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
766f36c7 | 3241 | /* Return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. |
709f5be1 RS |
3242 | If TARGET is a volatile mem ref, either return TARGET |
3243 | or return a reg copied *from* TARGET; ANSI requires this. | |
3244 | ||
3245 | Otherwise, if TEMP is not TARGET, return TEMP | |
3246 | if it is constant (for efficiency), | |
3247 | or if we really want the correct value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3248 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG |
3249 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
709f5be1 | 3250 | && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
effbcc6a | 3251 | && ! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
709f5be1 | 3252 | && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || want_value)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3253 | dont_return_target = 1; |
3254 | } | |
3255 | ||
b258707c RS |
3256 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
3257 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
3258 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
3259 | value. */ | |
3260 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 3261 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
3262 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
3263 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3264 | temp, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
3265 | ||
921b3427 RK |
3266 | if (flag_check_memory_usage |
3267 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
3268 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
3269 | { | |
3270 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
3271 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3272 | XEXP (target, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3273 | XEXP (temp, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3274 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
3275 | else | |
3276 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3277 | XEXP (target, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3278 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3279 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3280 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3281 | } |
3282 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3283 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
3284 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec. */ | |
3285 | ||
effbcc6a | 3286 | if (! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3287 | { |
3288 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3289 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
3290 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3291 | { | |
3292 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
3293 | if (dont_return_target) | |
3294 | { | |
3295 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
3296 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
3297 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
3298 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
3299 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3300 | } | |
3301 | else | |
3302 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
3303 | } | |
3304 | ||
3305 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
3306 | { | |
3307 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. | |
3308 | The string constant may be shorter than the array. | |
3309 | So copy just the string's actual length, and clear the rest. */ | |
3310 | rtx size; | |
22619c3f | 3311 | rtx addr; |
bbf6f052 | 3312 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3313 | /* Get the size of the data type of the string, |
3314 | which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
3315 | size = expr_size (exp); | |
3316 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
3317 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
3318 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, | |
3319 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3320 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 3321 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
3322 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
3323 | tree copy_size | |
c03b7665 | 3324 | = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, |
b50d17a1 | 3325 | make_tree (sizetype, size), |
c03b7665 RK |
3326 | convert (sizetype, |
3327 | build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), 0))); | |
906c4e36 RK |
3328 | rtx copy_size_rtx = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, |
3329 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3330 | rtx label = 0; |
3331 | ||
3332 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
3333 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, | |
3334 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3335 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
3336 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
3337 | Do all calculations in ptr_mode. */ | |
3338 | ||
3339 | addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
3340 | addr = convert_modes (ptr_mode, Pmode, addr, 1); | |
3341 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
3342 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) |
3343 | { | |
88f63c77 | 3344 | addr = plus_constant (addr, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
22619c3f | 3345 | size = plus_constant (size, - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
e87b4f3f RS |
3346 | } |
3347 | else | |
3348 | { | |
88f63c77 RK |
3349 | addr = force_reg (ptr_mode, addr); |
3350 | addr = expand_binop (ptr_mode, add_optab, addr, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3351 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3352 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3353 | |
88f63c77 | 3354 | size = expand_binop (ptr_mode, sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
3355 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3356 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3357 | |
906c4e36 | 3358 | emit_cmp_insn (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
e87b4f3f RS |
3359 | GET_MODE (size), 0, 0); |
3360 | label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3361 | emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (label)); | |
3362 | } | |
3363 | ||
3364 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
3365 | { | |
921b3427 RK |
3366 | /* Be sure we can write on ADDR. */ |
3367 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
3368 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3369 | addr, ptr_mode, | |
3370 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3371 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3372 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3373 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
3b6f75e2 | 3374 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 3, |
86242483 | 3375 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3376 | const0_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3377 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3378 | size, | |
3379 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3380 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3381 | #else |
d562e42e | 3382 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2, |
86242483 | 3383 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3384 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3385 | size, | |
3386 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3387 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3388 | #endif |
e87b4f3f | 3389 | } |
22619c3f | 3390 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3391 | if (label) |
3392 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3393 | } |
3394 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3395 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3396 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3397 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
3398 | emit_group_load (target, temp); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3399 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
3400 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), | |
3401 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3402 | else | |
3403 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3404 | } | |
709f5be1 | 3405 | |
766f36c7 RK |
3406 | /* If we don't want a value, return NULL_RTX. */ |
3407 | if (! want_value) | |
3408 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3409 | ||
3410 | /* If we are supposed to return TEMP, do so as long as it isn't a MEM. | |
3411 | ??? The latter test doesn't seem to make sense. */ | |
3412 | else if (dont_return_target && GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
bbf6f052 | 3413 | return temp; |
766f36c7 RK |
3414 | |
3415 | /* Return TARGET itself if it is a hard register. */ | |
3416 | else if (want_value && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode | |
3417 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
3418 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
709f5be1 | 3419 | return copy_to_reg (target); |
766f36c7 RK |
3420 | |
3421 | else | |
709f5be1 | 3422 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3423 | } |
3424 | \f | |
9de08200 RK |
3425 | /* Return 1 if EXP just contains zeros. */ |
3426 | ||
3427 | static int | |
3428 | is_zeros_p (exp) | |
3429 | tree exp; | |
3430 | { | |
3431 | tree elt; | |
3432 | ||
3433 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
3434 | { | |
3435 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
3436 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
3437 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
3438 | return is_zeros_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3439 | ||
3440 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
3441 | return TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp) == 0 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp) == 0; | |
3442 | ||
3443 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
3444 | return | |
3445 | is_zeros_p (TREE_REALPART (exp)) && is_zeros_p (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)); | |
3446 | ||
3447 | case REAL_CST: | |
41c9120b | 3448 | return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), dconst0); |
9de08200 RK |
3449 | |
3450 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3451 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) |
3452 | return CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) == NULL_TREE; | |
9de08200 RK |
3453 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
3454 | if (! is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
3455 | return 0; | |
3456 | ||
3457 | return 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3458 | |
3459 | default: | |
3460 | return 0; | |
9de08200 | 3461 | } |
9de08200 RK |
3462 | } |
3463 | ||
3464 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
3465 | ||
3466 | static int | |
3467 | mostly_zeros_p (exp) | |
3468 | tree exp; | |
3469 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
3470 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
3471 | { | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3472 | int elts = 0, zeros = 0; |
3473 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
3474 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) | |
3475 | { | |
3476 | /* If there are no ranges of true bits, it is all zero. */ | |
3477 | return elt == NULL_TREE; | |
3478 | } | |
3479 | for (; elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3480 | { | |
3481 | /* We do not handle the case where the index is a RANGE_EXPR, | |
3482 | so the statistic will be somewhat inaccurate. | |
3483 | We do make a more accurate count in store_constructor itself, | |
3484 | so since this function is only used for nested array elements, | |
0f41302f | 3485 | this should be close enough. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3486 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
3487 | zeros++; | |
3488 | elts++; | |
3489 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
3490 | |
3491 | return 4 * zeros >= 3 * elts; | |
3492 | } | |
3493 | ||
3494 | return is_zeros_p (exp); | |
3495 | } | |
3496 | \f | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3497 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
3498 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
3499 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
23ccec44 JW |
3500 | CLEARED is as for store_constructor. |
3501 | ||
3502 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
3503 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
3504 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
3505 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3506 | |
3507 | static void | |
3508 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
3509 | mode, exp, type, cleared) | |
3510 | rtx target; | |
3511 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
3512 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
3513 | tree exp, type; | |
3514 | int cleared; | |
3515 | { | |
3516 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
23ccec44 JW |
3517 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
3518 | /* If we have a non-zero bitpos for a register target, then we just | |
3519 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to | |
3520 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
3521 | && (bitpos == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == MEM)) | |
e1a43f73 | 3522 | { |
126e5b0d JW |
3523 | if (bitpos != 0) |
3524 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, | |
3525 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
3526 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3527 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3528 | } |
3529 | else | |
3530 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, | |
3531 | VOIDmode, 0, TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
3532 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
3533 | } | |
3534 | ||
bbf6f052 | 3535 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
e1a43f73 | 3536 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM. |
0f41302f | 3537 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
3538 | |
3539 | static void | |
e1a43f73 | 3540 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3541 | tree exp; |
3542 | rtx target; | |
e1a43f73 | 3543 | int cleared; |
bbf6f052 | 3544 | { |
4af3895e JVA |
3545 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
3546 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3547 | /* We know our target cannot conflict, since safe_from_p has been called. */ |
3548 | #if 0 | |
3549 | /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register | |
3550 | since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP. | |
3551 | Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all. */ | |
3552 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
3553 | { | |
3554 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
e1a43f73 | 3555 | store_constructor (exp, temp, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3556 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); |
3557 | return; | |
3558 | } | |
3559 | #endif | |
3560 | ||
e44842fe RK |
3561 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
3562 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3563 | { |
3564 | register tree elt; | |
3565 | ||
4af3895e | 3566 | /* Inform later passes that the whole union value is dead. */ |
e44842fe RK |
3567 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
3568 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
38a448ca | 3569 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
4af3895e JVA |
3570 | |
3571 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
3572 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
67225c15 RK |
3573 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, |
3574 | this probably loses. */ | |
3575 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
3576 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
9de08200 RK |
3577 | { |
3578 | if (! cleared) | |
e9a25f70 | 3579 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
4af3895e | 3580 | |
9de08200 RK |
3581 | cleared = 1; |
3582 | } | |
3583 | ||
3584 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure | |
3585 | or if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, | |
bbf6f052 | 3586 | clear the whole structure first. */ |
9de08200 RK |
3587 | else if ((list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) |
3588 | != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (type))) | |
3589 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp)) | |
3590 | { | |
3591 | if (! cleared) | |
3592 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3593 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3594 | ||
3595 | cleared = 1; | |
3596 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3597 | else |
3598 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 3599 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3600 | |
3601 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
3602 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
3603 | ||
3604 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3605 | { | |
3606 | register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
3607 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
3608 | int bitsize; | |
b50d17a1 | 3609 | int bitpos = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 3610 | int unsignedp; |
b50d17a1 RK |
3611 | tree pos, constant = 0, offset = 0; |
3612 | rtx to_rtx = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 3613 | |
f32fd778 RS |
3614 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
3615 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
3616 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
3617 | if (field == 0) | |
3618 | continue; | |
3619 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3620 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
3621 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 3622 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3623 | bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)); |
3624 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field); | |
3625 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); | |
3626 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
3627 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
3628 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
3629 | pos = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field); |
3630 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) | |
3631 | constant = pos; | |
3632 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
3633 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
3634 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), offset = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
3635 | else | |
3636 | offset = pos; | |
3637 | ||
3638 | if (constant) | |
cd11b87e | 3639 | bitpos = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); |
b50d17a1 RK |
3640 | |
3641 | if (offset) | |
3642 | { | |
3643 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
3644 | ||
3645 | if (contains_placeholder_p (offset)) | |
3646 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, | |
956d6950 | 3647 | offset, make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), target)); |
bbf6f052 | 3648 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
3649 | offset = size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, offset, |
3650 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3651 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
3652 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
3653 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
3654 | abort (); | |
3655 | ||
3656 | to_rtx | |
3657 | = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
38a448ca | 3658 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
88f63c77 | 3659 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); |
b50d17a1 | 3660 | } |
cf04eb80 RK |
3661 | if (TREE_READONLY (field)) |
3662 | { | |
9151b3bf | 3663 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
3664 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
3665 | ||
cf04eb80 RK |
3666 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
3667 | } | |
3668 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3669 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, |
3670 | mode, TREE_VALUE (elt), type, cleared); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3671 | } |
3672 | } | |
4af3895e | 3673 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3674 | { |
3675 | register tree elt; | |
3676 | register int i; | |
e1a43f73 | 3677 | int need_to_clear; |
4af3895e | 3678 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
906c4e36 RK |
3679 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
3680 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4af3895e | 3681 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
bbf6f052 | 3682 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3683 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, |
3684 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this this is | |
3685 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ | |
3686 | if (cleared || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
3687 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
3688 | else | |
3689 | { | |
3690 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
3691 | need_to_clear = 0; | |
3692 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in | |
3693 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). | |
3694 | It is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
3695 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
3696 | elt != NULL_TREE; | |
df0faff1 | 3697 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
e1a43f73 PB |
3698 | { |
3699 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
3700 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; | |
3701 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) | |
3702 | { | |
3703 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
3704 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
3705 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) != INTEGER_CST | |
3706 | || TREE_CODE (hi_index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
3707 | { | |
3708 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
3709 | break; | |
3710 | } | |
3711 | this_node_count = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index) | |
3712 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index) + 1; | |
3713 | } | |
3714 | else | |
3715 | this_node_count = 1; | |
3716 | count += this_node_count; | |
3717 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
3718 | zero_count += this_node_count; | |
3719 | } | |
8e958f70 | 3720 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing elements, |
0f41302f | 3721 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ |
8e958f70 PB |
3722 | if (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 |
3723 | || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3724 | need_to_clear = 1; |
3725 | } | |
3726 | if (need_to_clear) | |
9de08200 RK |
3727 | { |
3728 | if (! cleared) | |
3729 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3730 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9de08200 RK |
3731 | cleared = 1; |
3732 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3733 | else |
3734 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 3735 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3736 | |
3737 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
3738 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
3739 | by counting the elements. */ | |
3740 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
3741 | elt; | |
3742 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
3743 | { | |
3744 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
3745 | int bitsize; | |
3746 | int bitpos; | |
3747 | int unsignedp; | |
e1a43f73 | 3748 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
03dc44a6 RS |
3749 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
3750 | rtx xtarget = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 3751 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3752 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
3753 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 3754 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3755 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
3756 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
3757 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); | |
3758 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3759 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
3760 | { | |
3761 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
3762 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
3763 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx, addr, hi_r, loop_top, loop_end; | |
3764 | struct nesting *loop; | |
05c0b405 PB |
3765 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; |
3766 | tree position; | |
e1a43f73 | 3767 | |
0f41302f | 3768 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
e1a43f73 | 3769 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) == INTEGER_CST |
05c0b405 PB |
3770 | && TREE_CODE (hi_index) == INTEGER_CST |
3771 | && (lo = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index), | |
3772 | hi = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index), | |
3773 | count = hi - lo + 1, | |
3774 | (GET_CODE (target) != MEM | |
3775 | || count <= 2 | |
3776 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) == INTEGER_CST | |
3777 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) * count | |
3778 | <= 40 * 8)))) | |
e1a43f73 | 3779 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
3780 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; |
3781 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
e1a43f73 | 3782 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
3783 | bitpos = lo * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)); |
3784 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
3785 | mode, value, type, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3786 | } |
3787 | } | |
3788 | else | |
3789 | { | |
3790 | hi_r = expand_expr (hi_index, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3791 | loop_top = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3792 | loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3793 | ||
3794 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (domain); | |
3795 | ||
3796 | index = build_decl (VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
3797 | ||
3798 | DECL_RTL (index) = index_r | |
3799 | = gen_reg_rtx (promote_mode (domain, DECL_MODE (index), | |
3800 | &unsignedp, 0)); | |
3801 | ||
3802 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == SAVE_EXPR | |
3803 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (value) == 0) | |
3804 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
3805 | /* Make sure value gets expanded once before the |
3806 | loop. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3807 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
3808 | emit_queue (); | |
3809 | } | |
3810 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0); | |
3811 | loop = expand_start_loop (0); | |
3812 | ||
0f41302f | 3813 | /* Assign value to element index. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3814 | position = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (elttype), |
3815 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3816 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
3817 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
3818 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)), | |
3819 | position); | |
3820 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
38a448ca | 3821 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3822 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
3823 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
05c0b405 | 3824 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, cleared); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3825 | else |
3826 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); | |
3827 | ||
3828 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (loop, | |
3829 | build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
3830 | index, hi_index)); | |
3831 | ||
3832 | expand_increment (build (PREINCREMENT_EXPR, | |
3833 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
7b8b9722 | 3834 | index, integer_one_node), 0, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3835 | expand_end_loop (); |
3836 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
3837 | ||
3838 | /* Needed by stupid register allocation. to extend the | |
3839 | lifetime of pseudo-regs used by target past the end | |
3840 | of the loop. */ | |
38a448ca | 3841 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (target), target)); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3842 | } |
3843 | } | |
3844 | else if ((index != 0 && TREE_CODE (index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5b6c44ff | 3845 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) != INTEGER_CST) |
03dc44a6 | 3846 | { |
e1a43f73 | 3847 | rtx pos_rtx, addr; |
03dc44a6 RS |
3848 | tree position; |
3849 | ||
5b6c44ff RK |
3850 | if (index == 0) |
3851 | index = size_int (i); | |
3852 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3853 | if (minelt) |
3854 | index = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
3855 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); | |
5b6c44ff RK |
3856 | position = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (elttype), |
3857 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3858 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, position); | |
03dc44a6 | 3859 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
38a448ca | 3860 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
03dc44a6 | 3861 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
e1a43f73 | 3862 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); |
03dc44a6 RS |
3863 | } |
3864 | else | |
3865 | { | |
3866 | if (index != 0) | |
7c314719 | 3867 | bitpos = ((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) - minelt) |
03dc44a6 RS |
3868 | * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); |
3869 | else | |
3870 | bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3871 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, |
3872 | mode, value, type, cleared); | |
03dc44a6 | 3873 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3874 | } |
3875 | } | |
071a6595 PB |
3876 | /* set constructor assignments */ |
3877 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == SET_TYPE) | |
3878 | { | |
e1a43f73 | 3879 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); |
071a6595 PB |
3880 | rtx xtarget = XEXP (target, 0); |
3881 | int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (type); | |
e1a43f73 | 3882 | int nbytes = int_size_in_bytes (type), nbits; |
071a6595 PB |
3883 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
3884 | tree domain_min, domain_max, bitlength; | |
3885 | ||
9faa82d8 | 3886 | /* The default implementation strategy is to extract the constant |
071a6595 PB |
3887 | parts of the constructor, use that to initialize the target, |
3888 | and then "or" in whatever non-constant ranges we need in addition. | |
3889 | ||
3890 | If a large set is all zero or all ones, it is | |
3891 | probably better to set it using memset (if available) or bzero. | |
3892 | Also, if a large set has just a single range, it may also be | |
3893 | better to first clear all the first clear the set (using | |
0f41302f | 3894 | bzero/memset), and set the bits we want. */ |
071a6595 | 3895 | |
0f41302f | 3896 | /* Check for all zeros. */ |
e1a43f73 | 3897 | if (elt == NULL_TREE) |
071a6595 | 3898 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
3899 | if (!cleared) |
3900 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3901 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
071a6595 PB |
3902 | return; |
3903 | } | |
3904 | ||
071a6595 PB |
3905 | domain_min = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
3906 | domain_max = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
3907 | bitlength = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, | |
3908 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, domain_max, domain_min), | |
3909 | size_one_node); | |
3910 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3911 | if (nbytes < 0 || TREE_CODE (bitlength) != INTEGER_CST) |
3912 | abort (); | |
3913 | nbits = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitlength); | |
3914 | ||
3915 | /* For "small" sets, or "medium-sized" (up to 32 bytes) sets that | |
3916 | are "complicated" (more than one range), initialize (the | |
3917 | constant parts) by copying from a constant. */ | |
3918 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode || nbits <= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD | |
3919 | || (nbytes <= 32 && TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)) | |
071a6595 | 3920 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3921 | int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
3922 | enum machine_mode mode = mode_for_size (set_word_size, MODE_INT, 1); | |
0f41302f | 3923 | char *bit_buffer = (char *) alloca (nbits); |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3924 | HOST_WIDE_INT word = 0; |
3925 | int bit_pos = 0; | |
3926 | int ibit = 0; | |
0f41302f | 3927 | int offset = 0; /* In bytes from beginning of set. */ |
e1a43f73 | 3928 | elt = get_set_constructor_bits (exp, bit_buffer, nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 3929 | for (;;) |
071a6595 | 3930 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3931 | if (bit_buffer[ibit]) |
3932 | { | |
b09f3348 | 3933 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3934 | word |= (1 << (set_word_size - 1 - bit_pos)); |
3935 | else | |
3936 | word |= 1 << bit_pos; | |
3937 | } | |
3938 | bit_pos++; ibit++; | |
3939 | if (bit_pos >= set_word_size || ibit == nbits) | |
071a6595 | 3940 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
3941 | if (word != 0 || ! cleared) |
3942 | { | |
3943 | rtx datum = GEN_INT (word); | |
3944 | rtx to_rtx; | |
0f41302f MS |
3945 | /* The assumption here is that it is safe to use |
3946 | XEXP if the set is multi-word, but not if | |
3947 | it's single-word. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3948 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
3949 | { | |
3950 | to_rtx = plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), offset); | |
3951 | to_rtx = change_address (target, mode, to_rtx); | |
3952 | } | |
3953 | else if (offset == 0) | |
3954 | to_rtx = target; | |
3955 | else | |
3956 | abort (); | |
3957 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, datum); | |
3958 | } | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3959 | if (ibit == nbits) |
3960 | break; | |
3961 | word = 0; | |
3962 | bit_pos = 0; | |
3963 | offset += set_word_size / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
071a6595 PB |
3964 | } |
3965 | } | |
071a6595 | 3966 | } |
e1a43f73 PB |
3967 | else if (!cleared) |
3968 | { | |
0f41302f | 3969 | /* Don't bother clearing storage if the set is all ones. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3970 | if (TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE |
3971 | || (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == NULL_TREE | |
3972 | ? nbits != 1 | |
3973 | : (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
3974 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
3975 | || (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elt)) | |
3976 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) + 1 | |
3977 | != nbits)))) | |
3978 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3979 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3980 | } | |
3981 | ||
3982 | for (; elt != NULL_TREE; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
071a6595 PB |
3983 | { |
3984 | /* start of range of element or NULL */ | |
3985 | tree startbit = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
3986 | /* end of range of element, or element value */ | |
3987 | tree endbit = TREE_VALUE (elt); | |
3988 | HOST_WIDE_INT startb, endb; | |
3989 | rtx bitlength_rtx, startbit_rtx, endbit_rtx, targetx; | |
3990 | ||
3991 | bitlength_rtx = expand_expr (bitlength, | |
3992 | NULL_RTX, MEM, EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
3993 | ||
3994 | /* handle non-range tuple element like [ expr ] */ | |
3995 | if (startbit == NULL_TREE) | |
3996 | { | |
3997 | startbit = save_expr (endbit); | |
3998 | endbit = startbit; | |
3999 | } | |
4000 | startbit = convert (sizetype, startbit); | |
4001 | endbit = convert (sizetype, endbit); | |
4002 | if (! integer_zerop (domain_min)) | |
4003 | { | |
4004 | startbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, startbit, domain_min); | |
4005 | endbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, endbit, domain_min); | |
4006 | } | |
4007 | startbit_rtx = expand_expr (startbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4008 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4009 | endbit_rtx = expand_expr (endbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4010 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4011 | ||
4012 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4013 | { | |
4014 | targetx = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4015 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), | |
4016 | 0); | |
4017 | emit_move_insn (targetx, target); | |
4018 | } | |
4019 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
4020 | targetx = target; | |
4021 | else | |
4022 | abort (); | |
4023 | ||
4024 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
4025 | /* Optimization: If startbit and endbit are | |
9faa82d8 | 4026 | constants divisible by BITS_PER_UNIT, |
0f41302f | 4027 | call memset instead. */ |
071a6595 PB |
4028 | if (TREE_CODE (startbit) == INTEGER_CST |
4029 | && TREE_CODE (endbit) == INTEGER_CST | |
4030 | && (startb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (startbit)) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 | |
e1a43f73 | 4031 | && (endb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (endbit) + 1) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
071a6595 | 4032 | { |
071a6595 PB |
4033 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, |
4034 | VOIDmode, 3, | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4035 | plus_constant (XEXP (targetx, 0), |
4036 | startb / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
071a6595 | 4037 | Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 | 4038 | constm1_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
071a6595 | 4039 | GEN_INT ((endb - startb) / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
3b6f75e2 | 4040 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
071a6595 PB |
4041 | } |
4042 | else | |
4043 | #endif | |
4044 | { | |
38a448ca | 4045 | emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__setbits"), |
071a6595 PB |
4046 | 0, VOIDmode, 4, XEXP (targetx, 0), Pmode, |
4047 | bitlength_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4048 | startbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4049 | endbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
4050 | } | |
4051 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4052 | emit_move_insn (target, targetx); | |
4053 | } | |
4054 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4055 | |
4056 | else | |
4057 | abort (); | |
4058 | } | |
4059 | ||
4060 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
4061 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
4062 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
4063 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
4064 | ||
4065 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
4066 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
4067 | ||
4068 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
4069 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
4070 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
4071 | ||
4072 | ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes. | |
4073 | TOTAL_SIZE is the size in bytes of the structure, or -1 if varying. */ | |
4074 | ||
4075 | static rtx | |
4076 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, | |
4077 | unsignedp, align, total_size) | |
4078 | rtx target; | |
4079 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
4080 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4081 | tree exp; | |
4082 | enum machine_mode value_mode; | |
4083 | int unsignedp; | |
4084 | int align; | |
4085 | int total_size; | |
4086 | { | |
906c4e36 | 4087 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4088 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4089 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
4090 | return const0_rtx; | |
4091 | ||
906c4e36 RK |
4092 | if (bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
4093 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4094 | |
4095 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
4096 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
4097 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
4098 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
4099 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
4100 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
4101 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
4102 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
4103 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
4104 | cleaned up later. */ | |
4105 | ||
4106 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
4107 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
4108 | { | |
4109 | rtx object = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4110 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), 0); | |
4111 | rtx blk_object = copy_rtx (object); | |
4112 | ||
24a13950 JW |
4113 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (object) = 1; |
4114 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (blk_object) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4115 | PUT_MODE (blk_object, BLKmode); |
4116 | ||
4117 | if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4118 | emit_move_insn (object, target); | |
4119 | ||
4120 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, | |
4121 | align, total_size); | |
4122 | ||
46093b97 RS |
4123 | /* Even though we aren't returning target, we need to |
4124 | give it the updated value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4125 | emit_move_insn (target, object); |
4126 | ||
46093b97 | 4127 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4128 | } |
4129 | ||
4130 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
4131 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
4132 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
4133 | ||
4fa52007 RK |
4134 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
4135 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode]) | |
4136 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
c980ac49 | 4137 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
4138 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
4139 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
c7a7ac46 | 4140 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
ccc98036 | 4141 | && align * BITS_PER_UNIT < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
c7a7ac46 | 4142 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS && bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 4143 | { |
906c4e36 | 4144 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbd6cf73 | 4145 | |
ef19912d RK |
4146 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
4147 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
4148 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
4149 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
4150 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
4151 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4152 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) | |
4153 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
4154 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4155 | - bitsize), | |
4156 | temp, 1); | |
4157 | ||
bbd6cf73 RK |
4158 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to |
4159 | MODE. */ | |
4160 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
4161 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4162 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
4163 | ||
a281e72d RK |
4164 | /* If the modes of TARGET and TEMP are both BLKmode, both |
4165 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte | |
4166 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. */ | |
4167 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
4168 | { | |
4169 | if (GET_CODE (target) != MEM || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM | |
4170 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
4171 | abort (); | |
4172 | ||
0086427c RK |
4173 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, |
4174 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
a281e72d RK |
4175 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
4176 | ||
4177 | emit_block_move (target, temp, | |
4178 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
4179 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
4180 | 1); | |
4181 | ||
4182 | return value_mode == VOIDmode ? const0_rtx : target; | |
4183 | } | |
4184 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4185 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
4186 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, align, total_size); | |
4187 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
4188 | { | |
4189 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. */ | |
4190 | /* If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
4191 | if (width_mask != 0 | |
4192 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
5c4d7cfb | 4193 | { |
9074de27 | 4194 | tree count; |
5c4d7cfb | 4195 | enum machine_mode tmode; |
86a2c12a | 4196 | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4197 | if (unsignedp) |
4198 | return expand_and (temp, GEN_INT (width_mask), NULL_RTX); | |
4199 | tmode = GET_MODE (temp); | |
86a2c12a RS |
4200 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) |
4201 | tmode = value_mode; | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4202 | count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0); |
4203 | temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4204 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4205 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 4206 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
906c4e36 RK |
4207 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, 0, align, |
4208 | total_size); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4209 | } |
4210 | return const0_rtx; | |
4211 | } | |
4212 | else | |
4213 | { | |
4214 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
4215 | rtx to_rtx; | |
4216 | ||
4217 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
4218 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
4219 | ||
4220 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
4221 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
4222 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
4223 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
4224 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4225 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
4226 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
4227 | addr = copy_to_reg (addr); | |
4228 | ||
4229 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
4230 | ||
effbcc6a RK |
4231 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (change_address (target, mode, |
4232 | plus_constant (addr, | |
4233 | (bitpos | |
4234 | / BITS_PER_UNIT)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4235 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
4236 | ||
4237 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
4238 | } | |
4239 | } | |
4240 | \f | |
4241 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
4242 | or an ARRAY_REF, look for nested COMPONENT_REFs, BIT_FIELD_REFs, or | |
742920c7 | 4243 | ARRAY_REFs and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. |
bbf6f052 RK |
4244 | |
4245 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
4246 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
4247 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
4248 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
4249 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
4250 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
839c4796 RK |
4251 | We set *PALIGNMENT to the alignment in bytes of the address that will be |
4252 | computed. This is the alignment of the thing we return if *POFFSET | |
4253 | is zero, but can be more less strictly aligned if *POFFSET is nonzero. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4254 | |
4255 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
4256 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
4257 | ||
4258 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
4259 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4260 | is redundant. |
4261 | ||
4262 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
4263 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
839c4796 | 4264 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4265 | |
4266 | tree | |
4969d05d | 4267 | get_inner_reference (exp, pbitsize, pbitpos, poffset, pmode, |
839c4796 | 4268 | punsignedp, pvolatilep, palignment) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4269 | tree exp; |
4270 | int *pbitsize; | |
4271 | int *pbitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 4272 | tree *poffset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4273 | enum machine_mode *pmode; |
4274 | int *punsignedp; | |
4275 | int *pvolatilep; | |
839c4796 | 4276 | int *palignment; |
bbf6f052 | 4277 | { |
b50d17a1 | 4278 | tree orig_exp = exp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4279 | tree size_tree = 0; |
4280 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
742920c7 | 4281 | tree offset = integer_zero_node; |
839c4796 | 4282 | int alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4283 | |
4284 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
4285 | { | |
4286 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4287 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4288 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4289 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4290 | } | |
4291 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
4292 | { | |
4293 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4294 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
4295 | } | |
4296 | else | |
4297 | { | |
4298 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4299 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
4300 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4301 | } | |
4302 | ||
4303 | if (size_tree) | |
4304 | { | |
4305 | if (TREE_CODE (size_tree) != INTEGER_CST) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4306 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
4307 | else | |
4308 | *pbitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size_tree); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4309 | } |
4310 | ||
4311 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
4312 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
4313 | ||
4314 | *pbitpos = 0; | |
4315 | ||
4316 | while (1) | |
4317 | { | |
7bb0943f | 4318 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4319 | { |
7bb0943f RS |
4320 | tree pos = (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF |
4321 | ? DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4322 | : TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
e6d8c385 | 4323 | tree constant = integer_zero_node, var = pos; |
bbf6f052 | 4324 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
4325 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go |
4326 | past it. This should only happen when folding expressions | |
4327 | made during type construction. */ | |
4328 | if (pos == 0) | |
4329 | break; | |
4330 | ||
e6d8c385 RK |
4331 | /* Assume here that the offset is a multiple of a unit. |
4332 | If not, there should be an explicitly added constant. */ | |
4333 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4334 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4335 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
7bb0943f | 4336 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) |
e6d8c385 RK |
4337 | constant = pos, var = integer_zero_node; |
4338 | ||
4339 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); | |
8d8c9ba9 RK |
4340 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, |
4341 | size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, var, | |
4342 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 | 4343 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4344 | |
742920c7 | 4345 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4346 | { |
742920c7 RK |
4347 | /* This code is based on the code in case ARRAY_REF in expand_expr |
4348 | below. We assume here that the size of an array element is | |
4349 | always an integral multiple of BITS_PER_UNIT. */ | |
4350 | ||
4351 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4352 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
4353 | tree low_bound | |
4354 | = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
4355 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
4356 | ||
4c08eef0 | 4357 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype)) |
742920c7 | 4358 | { |
4c08eef0 RK |
4359 | index = convert (type_for_size (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype), 0), |
4360 | index); | |
742920c7 RK |
4361 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); |
4362 | } | |
4363 | ||
ca0f2220 RH |
4364 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
4365 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, low_bound)); | |
4366 | ||
742920c7 | 4367 | index = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, index_type, index, |
0d15e60c RK |
4368 | convert (index_type, |
4369 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
742920c7 RK |
4370 | |
4371 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
4372 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
4373 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
4374 | else | |
956d6950 JL |
4375 | { |
4376 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, | |
4377 | size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, index, | |
4378 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
4379 | ||
4380 | if (contains_placeholder_p (offset)) | |
4381 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, offset, exp); | |
4382 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4383 | } |
4384 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
4385 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR | |
4386 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
7f62854a RK |
4387 | && ! (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == UNION_TYPE |
4388 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
4389 | != UNION_TYPE)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4390 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
4391 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
4392 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
4393 | |
4394 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
4395 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
4396 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 RK |
4397 | |
4398 | /* If the offset is non-constant already, then we can't assume any | |
4399 | alignment more than the alignment here. */ | |
4400 | if (! integer_zerop (offset)) | |
4401 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4402 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4403 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
4404 | } | |
4405 | ||
839c4796 RK |
4406 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') |
4407 | alignment = MIN (alignment, DECL_ALIGN (exp)); | |
9293498f | 4408 | else if (TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0) |
839c4796 RK |
4409 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
4410 | ||
742920c7 RK |
4411 | if (integer_zerop (offset)) |
4412 | offset = 0; | |
4413 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4414 | if (offset != 0 && contains_placeholder_p (offset)) |
4415 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, offset, orig_exp); | |
4416 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4417 | *pmode = mode; |
7bb0943f | 4418 | *poffset = offset; |
839c4796 | 4419 | *palignment = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4420 | return exp; |
4421 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
4422 | |
4423 | /* Subroutine of expand_exp: compute memory_usage from modifier. */ | |
4424 | static enum memory_use_mode | |
4425 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier) | |
4426 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
4427 | { | |
4428 | switch (modifier) | |
4429 | { | |
4430 | case EXPAND_NORMAL: | |
4431 | return MEMORY_USE_RO; | |
4432 | break; | |
4433 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO: | |
4434 | return MEMORY_USE_WO; | |
4435 | break; | |
4436 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW: | |
4437 | return MEMORY_USE_RW; | |
4438 | break; | |
4439 | case EXPAND_INITIALIZER: | |
4440 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT: | |
4441 | case EXPAND_SUM: | |
4442 | case EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS: | |
4443 | return MEMORY_USE_DONT; | |
4444 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD: | |
4445 | default: | |
4446 | abort (); | |
4447 | } | |
4448 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4449 | \f |
4450 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, | |
4451 | return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory. | |
4452 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic | |
c45a13a6 RK |
4453 | and returning a pseudo-register containing the value. |
4454 | ||
4455 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4456 | |
4457 | rtx | |
4458 | force_operand (value, target) | |
4459 | rtx value, target; | |
4460 | { | |
4461 | register optab binoptab = 0; | |
4462 | /* Use a temporary to force order of execution of calls to | |
4463 | `force_operand'. */ | |
4464 | rtx tmp; | |
4465 | register rtx op2; | |
4466 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
4467 | register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
4468 | ||
4469 | if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS) | |
4470 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
4471 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
4472 | binoptab = sub_optab; | |
4473 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT) | |
4474 | { | |
4475 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
4476 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
4477 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
4478 | subtarget = 0; | |
4479 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
4480 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 4481 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
4482 | target, 0); |
4483 | } | |
4484 | ||
4485 | if (binoptab) | |
4486 | { | |
4487 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
4488 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
4489 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
4490 | subtarget = 0; | |
4491 | if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) | |
4492 | { | |
4493 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
4494 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); | |
4495 | } | |
4496 | ||
4497 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
4498 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that | |
4499 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
4500 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
4501 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
4502 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
4503 | if (binoptab == add_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
4504 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS | |
4505 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
4506 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
4507 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
4508 | { | |
4509 | rtx temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, | |
4510 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
4511 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4512 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, temp, | |
4513 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 1), 0), | |
4514 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4515 | } | |
4516 | ||
4517 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
4518 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 4519 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 | 4520 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
8008b228 | 4521 | /* We give UNSIGNEDP = 0 to expand_binop |
bbf6f052 RK |
4522 | because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones. */ |
4523 | } | |
4524 | return value; | |
4525 | } | |
4526 | \f | |
4527 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
4528 | save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
4529 | which can restore these values to their previous values, | |
4530 | should something modify their storage. */ | |
4531 | ||
4532 | static tree | |
4533 | save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
4534 | tree lhs; | |
4535 | tree list; | |
4536 | { | |
4537 | tree tail; | |
4538 | tree parts = 0; | |
4539 | ||
4540 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
4541 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
4542 | parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
4543 | else | |
4544 | { | |
4545 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
4546 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 4547 | tree to_be_saved = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
06089a8b | 4548 | rtx target = assign_temp (part_type, 0, 1, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 4549 | if (! memory_address_p (TYPE_MODE (part_type), XEXP (target, 0))) |
906c4e36 | 4550 | target = change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (part_type), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 4551 | parts = tree_cons (to_be_saved, |
906c4e36 RK |
4552 | build (RTL_EXPR, part_type, NULL_TREE, |
4553 | (tree) target), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4554 | parts); |
4555 | store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0); | |
4556 | } | |
4557 | return parts; | |
4558 | } | |
4559 | ||
4560 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
4561 | record the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
4562 | which specifies the initial values of these parts. */ | |
4563 | ||
4564 | static tree | |
4565 | init_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
4566 | tree lhs; | |
4567 | tree list; | |
4568 | { | |
4569 | tree tail; | |
4570 | tree parts = 0; | |
4571 | ||
4572 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
4573 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
4574 | parts = chainon (parts, init_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
4575 | else | |
4576 | { | |
4577 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
4578 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 4579 | tree to_be_initialized = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4580 | parts = tree_cons (TREE_PURPOSE (tail), to_be_initialized, parts); |
4581 | } | |
4582 | return parts; | |
4583 | } | |
4584 | ||
4585 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that | |
4586 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. */ | |
4587 | ||
4588 | static int | |
4589 | safe_from_p (x, exp) | |
4590 | rtx x; | |
4591 | tree exp; | |
4592 | { | |
4593 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
4594 | int i, nops; | |
4595 | ||
6676e72f RK |
4596 | if (x == 0 |
4597 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
4598 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
4599 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
4600 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 RK |
4601 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
4602 | do this when X is BLKmode. */ | |
45524ce9 | 4603 | || (TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 |
f4510f37 | 4604 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
4605 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
4606 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
4607 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4608 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
f4510f37 | 4609 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4610 | return 1; |
4611 | ||
4612 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, | |
4613 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
4614 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
4615 | { | |
4616 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
4617 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4618 | return 0; | |
4619 | } | |
4620 | ||
4621 | /* If X is a location in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
4622 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
4623 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
4624 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
4625 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx))) | |
4626 | return 1; | |
4627 | ||
4628 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) | |
4629 | { | |
4630 | case 'd': | |
4631 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
4632 | break; | |
4633 | ||
4634 | case 'c': | |
4635 | return 1; | |
4636 | ||
4637 | case 'x': | |
4638 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f32fd778 RS |
4639 | return ((TREE_VALUE (exp) == 0 |
4640 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4641 | && (TREE_CHAIN (exp) == 0 |
4642 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_CHAIN (exp)))); | |
4643 | else | |
4644 | return 0; | |
4645 | ||
4646 | case '1': | |
4647 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
4648 | ||
4649 | case '2': | |
4650 | case '<': | |
4651 | return (safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
4652 | && safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
4653 | ||
4654 | case 'e': | |
4655 | case 'r': | |
4656 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
4657 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
4658 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
4659 | expression recursively. */ | |
4660 | ||
4661 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4662 | { | |
4663 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
e44842fe RK |
4664 | return (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
4665 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4666 | |
4667 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
4668 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4669 | return 0; | |
4670 | break; | |
4671 | ||
4672 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
4673 | exp_rtl = CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
4674 | if (exp_rtl == 0) | |
4675 | { | |
4676 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and | |
4677 | all of memory. */ | |
4678 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4679 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4680 | return 0; | |
4681 | } | |
4682 | ||
4683 | break; | |
4684 | ||
4685 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3bb5826a RK |
4686 | /* If a sequence exists, we would have to scan every instruction |
4687 | in the sequence to see if it was safe. This is probably not | |
4688 | worthwhile. */ | |
4689 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4690 | return 0; |
4691 | ||
3bb5826a | 4692 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4693 | break; |
4694 | ||
4695 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
4696 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
4697 | break; | |
4698 | ||
5dab5552 MS |
4699 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
4700 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
4701 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4702 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
4703 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
4704 | break; | |
4705 | ||
8129842c RS |
4706 | case BIND_EXPR: |
4707 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
4708 | part of the expression. */ | |
4709 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4710 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4711 | case METHOD_CALL_EXPR: |
0f41302f | 4712 | /* This takes a rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */ |
bbf6f052 | 4713 | abort (); |
e9a25f70 JL |
4714 | |
4715 | default: | |
4716 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4717 | } |
4718 | ||
4719 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
4720 | if (exp_rtl) | |
4721 | break; | |
4722 | ||
4723 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; | |
4724 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
4725 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
4726 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))) | |
4727 | return 0; | |
4728 | } | |
4729 | ||
4730 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
4731 | with it. */ | |
4732 | if (exp_rtl) | |
4733 | { | |
4734 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
4735 | { | |
4736 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
4737 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
4738 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4739 | return 0; | |
4740 | } | |
4741 | ||
4742 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
4743 | are memory and EXP is not readonly. */ | |
4744 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) | |
4745 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
4746 | && ! TREE_READONLY (exp))); | |
4747 | } | |
4748 | ||
4749 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
4750 | return 1; | |
4751 | } | |
4752 | ||
4753 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff EXP is an | |
4754 | expression whose type is statically determinable. */ | |
4755 | ||
4756 | static int | |
4757 | fixed_type_p (exp) | |
4758 | tree exp; | |
4759 | { | |
4760 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PARM_DECL | |
4761 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL | |
4762 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CALL_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR | |
4763 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF | |
4764 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) | |
4765 | return 1; | |
4766 | return 0; | |
4767 | } | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
4768 | |
4769 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return rtx if EXP is a | |
4770 | variable or parameter; else return 0. */ | |
4771 | ||
4772 | static rtx | |
4773 | var_rtx (exp) | |
4774 | tree exp; | |
4775 | { | |
4776 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
4777 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4778 | { | |
4779 | case PARM_DECL: | |
4780 | case VAR_DECL: | |
4781 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
4782 | default: | |
4783 | return 0; | |
4784 | } | |
4785 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4786 | \f |
4787 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. | |
4788 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
4789 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
4790 | ||
4791 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
4792 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
4793 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
4794 | ||
4795 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
4796 | ||
4797 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
4798 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
4799 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
4800 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
4801 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
4802 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
4803 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
4804 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4805 | |
4806 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
4807 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
4808 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
4809 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
4810 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
4811 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
4812 | ||
4813 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
4814 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 4815 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
4816 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
4817 | ||
4818 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
4819 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
4820 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4821 | |
4822 | rtx | |
4823 | expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier) | |
4824 | register tree exp; | |
4825 | rtx target; | |
4826 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
4827 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
4828 | { | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4829 | /* Chain of pending expressions for PLACEHOLDER_EXPR to replace. |
4830 | This is static so it will be accessible to our recursive callees. */ | |
4831 | static tree placeholder_list = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4832 | register rtx op0, op1, temp; |
4833 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
4834 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
4835 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
4836 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
4837 | optab this_optab; | |
4838 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
4839 | rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
4840 | rtx original_target = target; | |
dd27116b RK |
4841 | int ignore = (target == const0_rtx |
4842 | || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR | |
4d87de75 RS |
4843 | || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR |
4844 | || code == COND_EXPR) | |
dd27116b | 4845 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); |
bbf6f052 | 4846 | tree context; |
921b3427 RK |
4847 | /* Used by check-memory-usage to make modifier read only. */ |
4848 | enum expand_modifier ro_modifier; | |
bbf6f052 | 4849 | |
921b3427 RK |
4850 | /* Make a read-only version of the modifier. */ |
4851 | if (modifier == EXPAND_NORMAL || modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
4852 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
4853 | ro_modifier = modifier; | |
4854 | else | |
4855 | ro_modifier = EXPAND_NORMAL; | |
ca695ac9 | 4856 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4857 | /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner |
4858 | can only handle pseudo regs. */ | |
4859 | if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4860 | subtarget = 0; | |
4861 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
4862 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
4863 | if (preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
4864 | subtarget = 0; | |
4865 | ||
dd27116b RK |
4866 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
4867 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4868 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must |
4869 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
4870 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4871 | |
dd27116b RK |
4872 | if (ignore) |
4873 | { | |
4874 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
4875 | return const0_rtx; | |
4876 | ||
4877 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored. */ | |
4878 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | |
4879 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
4880 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) | |
4881 | { | |
921b3427 | 4882 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
4883 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) |
4884 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
4885 | return const0_rtx; | |
4886 | } | |
4887 | ||
4888 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
4889 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, | |
921b3427 | 4890 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
4891 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' |
4892 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
4893 | { | |
921b3427 RK |
4894 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
4895 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
dd27116b RK |
4896 | return const0_rtx; |
4897 | } | |
4898 | else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR) | |
4899 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4900 | /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate | |
0f41302f | 4901 | the first. */ |
dd27116b | 4902 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, |
921b3427 | 4903 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b | 4904 | |
90764a87 | 4905 | target = 0; |
dd27116b | 4906 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4907 | |
e44842fe RK |
4908 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers |
4909 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
4910 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
4911 | cannot support. */ | |
4912 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4913 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target |
4914 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
4915 | target = subtarget; | |
4916 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4917 | switch (code) |
4918 | { | |
4919 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
4920 | { |
4921 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
4922 | /* Handle using a label in a containing function. */ | |
d0977240 RK |
4923 | if (function != current_function_decl |
4924 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
b552441b RS |
4925 | { |
4926 | struct function *p = find_function_data (function); | |
4927 | /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function | |
4928 | that the label is in. */ | |
4929 | push_obstacks (p->function_obstack, | |
4930 | p->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
4931 | ||
38a448ca RH |
4932 | p->forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
4933 | label_rtx (exp), | |
4934 | p->forced_labels); | |
b552441b RS |
4935 | pop_obstacks (); |
4936 | } | |
4937 | else if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
38a448ca RH |
4938 | forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
4939 | label_rtx (exp), forced_labels); | |
4940 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, | |
4941 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, label_rtx (exp))); | |
d0977240 RK |
4942 | if (function != current_function_decl |
4943 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
26fcb35a RS |
4944 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; |
4945 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 4946 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4947 | |
4948 | case PARM_DECL: | |
4949 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
4950 | { | |
4951 | error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'"); | |
4af3895e | 4952 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4953 | } |
4954 | ||
0f41302f | 4955 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 4956 | |
bbf6f052 | 4957 | case VAR_DECL: |
2dca20cd RS |
4958 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, |
4959 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
4960 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
4961 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) | |
4962 | { | |
4963 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
4964 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
4965 | layout_decl (exp, 0); | |
4966 | PUT_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp), DECL_MODE (exp)); | |
4967 | pop_obstacks (); | |
4968 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 4969 | |
921b3427 RK |
4970 | /* Only check automatic variables. Currently, function arguments are |
4971 | not checked (this can be done at compile-time with prototypes). | |
4972 | Aggregates are not checked. */ | |
4973 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && code == VAR_DECL | |
4974 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
4975 | && DECL_CONTEXT (exp) != NULL_TREE | |
4976 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
4977 | && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4978 | { | |
4979 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
4980 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
4981 | ||
4982 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
4983 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
4984 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0), ptr_mode, | |
4985 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), | |
4986 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
4987 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
4988 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
4989 | } |
4990 | ||
0f41302f | 4991 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 4992 | |
2dca20cd | 4993 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
bbf6f052 RK |
4994 | case RESULT_DECL: |
4995 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
4996 | abort (); | |
d6a5ac33 | 4997 | |
e44842fe RK |
4998 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
4999 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
5000 | definition. */ | |
5001 | if (! TREE_USED (exp)) | |
5002 | { | |
5003 | assemble_external (exp); | |
5004 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
5005 | } | |
5006 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5007 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
5008 | temp = 0; | |
5009 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5010 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ |
5011 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
5012 | ||
5013 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
5014 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5015 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5016 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5017 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5018 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl |
5019 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
5020 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
5021 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5022 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
5023 | { | |
5024 | rtx addr; | |
5025 | ||
5026 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 5027 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
38ee6ed9 JM |
5028 | if (DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)) |
5029 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5030 | mark_addressable (exp); |
5031 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
5032 | abort (); | |
5033 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
5034 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
38a448ca RH |
5035 | addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, |
5036 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5037 | else |
5038 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
dc6d66b3 | 5039 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), mode, addr); |
bbf6f052 | 5040 | } |
4af3895e | 5041 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5042 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
5043 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
5044 | See expand_decl. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5045 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5046 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5047 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
5048 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)), | |
bbf6f052 | 5049 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)); |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5050 | |
5051 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and either | |
5052 | the address is not valid or it is not a register and -fforce-addr | |
5053 | is specified, get the address into a register. */ | |
5054 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5055 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5056 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5057 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
5058 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5059 | && (! memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), | |
5060 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
5061 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5062 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
5063 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, | |
d6a5ac33 | 5064 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); |
1499e0a8 | 5065 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5066 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
5067 | the address is a register. */ | |
5068 | if (temp != 0) | |
5069 | { | |
5070 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
5071 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), | |
5072 | DECL_ALIGN (exp) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
5073 | ||
5074 | return temp; | |
5075 | } | |
5076 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
5077 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it |
5078 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
5079 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ | |
5080 | ||
5081 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
5082 | && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
5083 | { | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5084 | /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the |
5085 | same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
78911e8b RK |
5086 | if (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) |
5087 | != promote_mode (type, DECL_MODE (exp), &unsignedp, 0)) | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5088 | abort (); |
5089 | ||
38a448ca | 5090 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, DECL_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
5091 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5092 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5093 | return temp; | |
5094 | } | |
5095 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5096 | return DECL_RTL (exp); |
5097 | ||
5098 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
5099 | return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), | |
5100 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), | |
5101 | mode); | |
5102 | ||
5103 | case CONST_DECL: | |
921b3427 RK |
5104 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, |
5105 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5106 | |
5107 | case REAL_CST: | |
5108 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
5109 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. | |
5110 | ||
5111 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But | |
5112 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
5113 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
5114 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
5115 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
5116 | ||
5117 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
5118 | return immed_real_const (exp); | |
5119 | ||
5120 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
5121 | case STRING_CST: | |
5122 | if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) | |
5123 | output_constant_def (exp); | |
5124 | ||
5125 | /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address. | |
5126 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
5127 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
5128 | if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5129 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5130 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5131 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5132 | && (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) |
5133 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5134 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5135 | return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, |
5136 | copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
5137 | return TREE_CST_RTL (exp); | |
5138 | ||
5139 | case SAVE_EXPR: | |
5140 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5141 | |
d0977240 RK |
5142 | /* If this SAVE_EXPR was at global context, assume we are an |
5143 | initialization function and move it into our context. */ | |
5144 | if (context == 0) | |
5145 | SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT (exp) = current_function_decl; | |
5146 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5147 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
5148 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5149 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5150 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
5151 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
5152 | context = 0; | |
5153 | ||
5154 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
5155 | if (context) | |
5156 | { | |
d0977240 RK |
5157 | /* The following call just exists to abort if the context is |
5158 | not of a containing function. */ | |
5159 | find_function_data (context); | |
5160 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5161 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5162 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
5163 | { | |
5164 | put_var_into_stack (exp); | |
5165 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5166 | } | |
5167 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
5168 | abort (); | |
5169 | return change_address (temp, mode, | |
5170 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
5171 | } | |
5172 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5173 | { | |
06089a8b RK |
5174 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
5175 | temp = const0_rtx; | |
5176 | else | |
5177 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 0); | |
1499e0a8 | 5178 | |
bbf6f052 | 5179 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 5180 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) |
38a448ca RH |
5181 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, temp, |
5182 | save_expr_regs); | |
ff78f773 RK |
5183 | |
5184 | /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it | |
5185 | must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the | |
5186 | wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already | |
5187 | extended. Note that `unsignedp' was modified above in | |
5188 | this case. */ | |
5189 | ||
5190 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode) | |
5191 | { | |
38a448ca | 5192 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
ff78f773 RK |
5193 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5194 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5195 | } | |
5196 | ||
4c7a0be9 | 5197 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
921b3427 RK |
5198 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
5199 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
4c7a0be9 JW |
5200 | else |
5201 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 5202 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
5203 | |
5204 | /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it | |
5205 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
0f41302f | 5206 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ |
1499e0a8 RK |
5207 | |
5208 | if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
5209 | && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
5210 | { | |
e70d22c8 RK |
5211 | /* Compute the signedness and make the proper SUBREG. */ |
5212 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
38a448ca | 5213 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
5214 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5215 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5216 | return temp; | |
5217 | } | |
5218 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5219 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5220 | ||
679163cf MS |
5221 | case UNSAVE_EXPR: |
5222 | { | |
5223 | rtx temp; | |
5224 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
5225 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = unsave_expr_now (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5226 | return temp; | |
5227 | } | |
5228 | ||
b50d17a1 | 5229 | case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: |
e9a25f70 JL |
5230 | { |
5231 | tree placeholder_expr; | |
5232 | ||
5233 | /* If there is an object on the head of the placeholder list, | |
6d8ccdbb | 5234 | see if some object in its references is of type TYPE. For |
e9a25f70 JL |
5235 | further information, see tree.def. */ |
5236 | for (placeholder_expr = placeholder_list; | |
5237 | placeholder_expr != 0; | |
5238 | placeholder_expr = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr)) | |
5239 | { | |
5240 | tree need_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); | |
5241 | tree object = 0; | |
5242 | tree old_list = placeholder_list; | |
5243 | tree elt; | |
5244 | ||
5245 | /* See if the object is the type that we want. */ | |
5246 | if ((TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE | |
5247 | (TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr))) | |
5248 | == need_type)) | |
5249 | object = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); | |
5250 | ||
6d8ccdbb | 5251 | /* Find the outermost reference that is of the type we want. */ |
e9a25f70 | 5252 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); |
6d8ccdbb | 5253 | elt != 0 && object == 0 |
e9a25f70 JL |
5254 | && (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' |
5255 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
5256 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
5257 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e'); | |
5258 | elt = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
5259 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
5260 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) : TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0))) | |
5261 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
5262 | && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0))) | |
5263 | == need_type)) | |
6d8ccdbb | 5264 | object = TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0); |
dc500fa1 | 5265 | |
e9a25f70 | 5266 | if (object != 0) |
2cde2255 | 5267 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
5268 | /* Expand this object skipping the list entries before |
5269 | it was found in case it is also a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. | |
5270 | In that case, we want to translate it using subsequent | |
5271 | entries. */ | |
5272 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr); | |
5273 | temp = expand_expr (object, original_target, tmode, | |
5274 | ro_modifier); | |
5275 | placeholder_list = old_list; | |
5276 | return temp; | |
2cde2255 | 5277 | } |
e9a25f70 JL |
5278 | } |
5279 | } | |
b50d17a1 RK |
5280 | |
5281 | /* We can't find the object or there was a missing WITH_RECORD_EXPR. */ | |
5282 | abort (); | |
5283 | ||
5284 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: | |
5285 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, expand our first operand, | |
5286 | and pop the list. */ | |
5287 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
5288 | placeholder_list); | |
5289 | target = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, | |
921b3427 | 5290 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
b50d17a1 RK |
5291 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); |
5292 | return target; | |
5293 | ||
bbf6f052 | 5294 | case EXIT_EXPR: |
e44842fe RK |
5295 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL_PTR, |
5296 | invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5297 | return const0_rtx; |
5298 | ||
5299 | case LOOP_EXPR: | |
0088fcb1 | 5300 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5301 | expand_start_loop (1); |
5302 | expand_expr_stmt (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5303 | expand_end_loop (); | |
0088fcb1 | 5304 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5305 | |
5306 | return const0_rtx; | |
5307 | ||
5308 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
5311 | int vars_need_expansion = 0; | |
5312 | ||
5313 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
e976b8b2 | 5314 | if there are any cleanups they must be contained here. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5315 | expand_start_bindings (0); |
5316 | ||
2df53c0b RS |
5317 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */ |
5318 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0 | |
5319 | && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
5320 | insert_block (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5321 | |
5322 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
5323 | while (vars) | |
5324 | { | |
5325 | if (DECL_RTL (vars) == 0) | |
5326 | { | |
5327 | vars_need_expansion = 1; | |
5328 | expand_decl (vars); | |
5329 | } | |
5330 | expand_decl_init (vars); | |
5331 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
5332 | } | |
5333 | ||
921b3427 | 5334 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5335 | |
5336 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
5337 | ||
5338 | return temp; | |
5339 | } | |
5340 | ||
5341 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
83b853c9 JM |
5342 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) |
5343 | { | |
5344 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
5345 | abort (); | |
5346 | emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); | |
5347 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; | |
5348 | } | |
99310285 | 5349 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
ca814259 | 5350 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5351 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5352 | ||
5353 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
dd27116b RK |
5354 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any |
5355 | subexpressions. */ | |
5356 | if (ignore) | |
5357 | { | |
5358 | tree elt; | |
5359 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
921b3427 RK |
5360 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
5361 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
dd27116b RK |
5362 | return const0_rtx; |
5363 | } | |
3207b172 | 5364 | |
4af3895e JVA |
5365 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
5366 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
5367 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3207b172 | 5368 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to |
d720b9d1 RK |
5369 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough |
5370 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
3207b172 | 5371 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. */ |
dd27116b | 5372 | else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) |
3207b172 RK |
5373 | && ((mode == BLKmode |
5374 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp))) | |
d720b9d1 RK |
5375 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) |
5376 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST | |
5377 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns | |
67225c15 RK |
5378 | (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))/BITS_PER_UNIT, |
5379 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
9de08200 RK |
5380 | > MOVE_RATIO) |
5381 | && ! mostly_zeros_p (exp)))) | |
dd27116b | 5382 | || (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5383 | { |
5384 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp); | |
b552441b RS |
5385 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
5386 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5387 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5388 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor), |
5389 | XEXP (constructor, 0)) | |
5390 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5391 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (constructor, 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5392 | constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode, |
5393 | XEXP (constructor, 0)); | |
5394 | return constructor; | |
5395 | } | |
5396 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5397 | else |
5398 | { | |
e9ac02a6 JW |
5399 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
5400 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
5401 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp) | |
5402 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
06089a8b RK |
5403 | { |
5404 | if (mode != BLKmode && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) | |
5405 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
5406 | else | |
5407 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
5408 | } | |
07604beb RK |
5409 | |
5410 | if (TREE_READONLY (exp)) | |
5411 | { | |
9151b3bf | 5412 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
5413 | target = copy_rtx (target); |
5414 | ||
07604beb RK |
5415 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (target) = 1; |
5416 | } | |
5417 | ||
e1a43f73 | 5418 | store_constructor (exp, target, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5419 | return target; |
5420 | } | |
5421 | ||
5422 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
5423 | { | |
5424 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
5425 | tree exp2; | |
7581a30f JW |
5426 | tree index; |
5427 | tree string = string_constant (exp1, &index); | |
5428 | int i; | |
5429 | ||
5430 | if (string | |
5431 | && TREE_CODE (string) == STRING_CST | |
5432 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5433 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) | |
5434 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string) | |
5435 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5436 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
5437 | return GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string)[i]); | |
bbf6f052 | 5438 | |
405f0da6 JW |
5439 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
5440 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); | |
8c8a8e34 | 5441 | |
921b3427 RK |
5442 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
5443 | { | |
5444 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5445 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5446 | ||
5447 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
c85f7c16 JL |
5448 | { |
5449 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; | |
5450 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
5451 | op0, ptr_mode, | |
5452 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), | |
5453 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
5454 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), | |
5455 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
5456 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
5457 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
5458 | } |
5459 | ||
38a448ca | 5460 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5461 | /* If address was computed by addition, |
5462 | mark this as an element of an aggregate. */ | |
5463 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
5464 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR | |
5465 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
05e3bdb9 | 5466 | || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5467 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == ADDR_EXPR |
5468 | && (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) | |
05e3bdb9 | 5469 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp2)))) |
8c8a8e34 | 5470 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1; |
2c4c436a | 5471 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | flag_volatile; |
1125706f RK |
5472 | |
5473 | /* It is incorrect to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P from TREE_READONLY | |
5474 | here, because, in C and C++, the fact that a location is accessed | |
5475 | through a pointer to const does not mean that the value there can | |
5476 | never change. Languages where it can never change should | |
5477 | also set TREE_STATIC. */ | |
5cb7a25a | 5478 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp) & TREE_STATIC (exp); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5479 | return temp; |
5480 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5481 | |
5482 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
742920c7 RK |
5483 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) |
5484 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 5485 | |
bbf6f052 | 5486 | { |
742920c7 RK |
5487 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5488 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
5489 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
5490 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5491 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
08293add | 5492 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
b50d17a1 | 5493 | |
d4c89139 PB |
5494 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
5495 | ||
5496 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
5497 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
5498 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
5499 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
5500 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) | |
5501 | ||
5502 | But sizetype isn't quite right either (especially if | |
5503 | the lowbound is negative). FIXME */ | |
5504 | ||
742920c7 | 5505 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
d4c89139 PB |
5506 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, |
5507 | convert (sizetype, low_bound))); | |
742920c7 | 5508 | |
742920c7 | 5509 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
5510 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. |
5511 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
5512 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
742920c7 RK |
5513 | |
5514 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST | |
5515 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5516 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) | |
307b821c | 5517 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array) |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
5518 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5519 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
307b821c | 5520 | return GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array)[i]); |
bbf6f052 | 5521 | |
742920c7 RK |
5522 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, |
5523 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
5524 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
5525 | that was declared const. */ | |
4af3895e | 5526 | |
742920c7 RK |
5527 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array)) |
5528 | { | |
5529 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5530 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
5531 | { | |
5532 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5533 | ||
5534 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
5535 | while (elem && i--) | |
5536 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); | |
5537 | if (elem) | |
5538 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 5539 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
5540 | } |
5541 | } | |
4af3895e | 5542 | |
742920c7 RK |
5543 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
5544 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
5545 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
5546 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK) | |
5547 | { | |
08293add | 5548 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
742920c7 RK |
5549 | { |
5550 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
5551 | ||
5552 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
5553 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
5554 | { | |
5555 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); | |
5556 | ||
03dc44a6 RS |
5557 | while (elem |
5558 | && !tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index)) | |
742920c7 RK |
5559 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); |
5560 | if (elem) | |
5561 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 5562 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
5563 | } |
5564 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
08293add RK |
5565 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0 |
5566 | && (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) | |
5567 | < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
5568 | return (GEN_INT | |
5569 | (TREE_STRING_POINTER | |
5570 | (init)[TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)])); | |
742920c7 RK |
5571 | } |
5572 | } | |
5573 | } | |
8c8a8e34 | 5574 | |
08293add | 5575 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5576 | |
5577 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
5578 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
4af3895e | 5579 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
7a0b7b9a RK |
5580 | appropriate field if it is present. Don't do this if we have |
5581 | already written the data since we want to refer to that copy | |
5582 | and varasm.c assumes that's what we'll do. */ | |
4af3895e | 5583 | if (code != ARRAY_REF |
7a0b7b9a RK |
5584 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR |
5585 | && TREE_CST_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == 0) | |
4af3895e JVA |
5586 | { |
5587 | tree elt; | |
5588 | ||
5589 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
5590 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
86b5812c RK |
5591 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) |
5592 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
5593 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
5594 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
5595 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
5596 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
5597 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
5598 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
5599 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) | |
5600 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
5601 | == MODE_INT) | |
5602 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
5603 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) | |
5604 | { | |
5605 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); | |
5606 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
5607 | { | |
5608 | int bitsize = DECL_FIELD_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)); | |
5609 | enum machine_mode imode | |
5610 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
5611 | ||
5612 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)))) | |
5613 | { | |
5614 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
5615 | op0 = expand_and (op0, op1, target); | |
5616 | } | |
5617 | else | |
5618 | { | |
5619 | tree count | |
5620 | = build_int_2 (imode - bitsize, 0); | |
5621 | ||
5622 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
5623 | target, 0); | |
5624 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
5625 | target, 0); | |
5626 | } | |
5627 | } | |
5628 | ||
5629 | return op0; | |
5630 | } | |
4af3895e JVA |
5631 | } |
5632 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5633 | { |
5634 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
5635 | int bitsize; | |
5636 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 5637 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 5638 | int volatilep = 0; |
034f9101 | 5639 | int alignment; |
839c4796 RK |
5640 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
5641 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
5642 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 5643 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
5644 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps |
5645 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
5646 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
5647 | if (tem == exp) | |
5648 | abort (); | |
5649 | ||
3d27140a | 5650 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
b74f5ff2 RK |
5651 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known |
5652 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
5653 | ||
5654 | op0 = expand_expr (tem, | |
5655 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
5656 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
5657 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
5658 | ? target : NULL_RTX), | |
4ed67205 RK |
5659 | VOIDmode, |
5660 | modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER ? modifier : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 5661 | |
8c8a8e34 | 5662 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
8008b228 | 5663 | legitimate constant and memory if it isn't. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5664 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
5665 | { | |
5666 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
f2878c6b | 5667 | if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5668 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); |
5669 | else | |
5670 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
5671 | } | |
5672 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
5673 | if (offset != 0) |
5674 | { | |
906c4e36 | 5675 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
5676 | |
5677 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
5678 | abort (); | |
2d48c13d JL |
5679 | |
5680 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
5681 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
5682 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 1); | |
5683 | #else | |
5684 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
5685 | #endif | |
5686 | ||
7bb0943f | 5687 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, |
38a448ca RH |
5688 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), |
5689 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f RS |
5690 | } |
5691 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5692 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
5693 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
5694 | { | |
5695 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
5696 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
5697 | } | |
5698 | ||
921b3427 RK |
5699 | /* Check the access. */ |
5700 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
5701 | { | |
5702 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5703 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5704 | ||
5705 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
5706 | { | |
5707 | rtx to; | |
5708 | int size; | |
5709 | ||
5710 | to = plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
5711 | size = (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) + bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1; | |
5712 | ||
5713 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
5714 | if (size > BITS_PER_UNIT) |
5715 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
5716 | to, ptr_mode, | |
5717 | GEN_INT (size / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
5718 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
5719 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
5720 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
5721 | } |
5722 | } | |
5723 | ||
ccc98036 RS |
5724 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
5725 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
5726 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
5727 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
5728 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
f2420d0b JW |
5729 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. |
5730 | If we ultimately want the address (EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS or | |
5731 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER), then we must not copy to a temporary. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5732 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode |
ccc98036 | 5733 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
f9409c3a | 5734 | || (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
f9409c3a | 5735 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
c2722ef6 RK |
5736 | && ((mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
5737 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
5738 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
f9409c3a JW |
5739 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
5740 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
5741 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
5742 | && ((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
5743 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)))))) | |
bbf6f052 | 5744 | { |
bbf6f052 RK |
5745 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; |
5746 | ||
5747 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
5748 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
5749 | ||
5750 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
a281e72d RK |
5751 | { |
5752 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and | |
5753 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
5754 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
5755 | || (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != MEM) | |
5756 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
5757 | abort (); | |
5758 | ||
5759 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
5760 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
5761 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
5762 | if (target == 0) | |
5763 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
5764 | ||
5765 | emit_block_move (target, op0, | |
5766 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
5767 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
5768 | 1); | |
5769 | ||
5770 | return target; | |
5771 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5772 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5773 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); |
5774 | ||
5775 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
5776 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
5777 | ||
5778 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, | |
bbf6f052 | 5779 | unsignedp, target, ext_mode, ext_mode, |
034f9101 | 5780 | alignment, |
bbf6f052 | 5781 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
ef19912d RK |
5782 | |
5783 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
5784 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
5785 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
5786 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
5787 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
5788 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
5789 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
5790 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
5791 | - bitsize), | |
5792 | op0, 1); | |
5793 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5794 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
5795 | { | |
5796 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode, | |
5797 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
5798 | ||
5799 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
5800 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
5801 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
092dded9 | 5802 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5803 | } |
5804 | ||
5805 | return op0; | |
5806 | } | |
5807 | ||
05019f83 RK |
5808 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
5809 | now as well. */ | |
5810 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
5811 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
5812 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5813 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
5814 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5815 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
38a448ca RH |
5816 | op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), |
5817 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5818 | else |
5819 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
5820 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
5821 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5822 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) |
5823 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
5824 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5825 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1; |
5826 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; | |
0d15e60c | 5827 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode |
08bbd316 | 5828 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
0d15e60c | 5829 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
bbf6f052 | 5830 | return op0; |
0d15e60c | 5831 | else if (target == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 5832 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
0d15e60c | 5833 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5834 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
5835 | return target; | |
5836 | } | |
5837 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5838 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. |
5839 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
5840 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
5841 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
5842 | abort (); | |
5843 | ||
7308a047 | 5844 | case IN_EXPR: |
7308a047 | 5845 | { |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5846 | /* Pascal set IN expression. |
5847 | ||
5848 | Algorithm: | |
5849 | rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word); | |
5850 | the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ]; | |
5851 | bit_index = index % bits_per_word; | |
5852 | bitmask = 1 << bit_index; | |
5853 | return !!(the_word & bitmask); */ | |
5854 | ||
7308a047 RS |
5855 | tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5856 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5857 | int iunsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (index)); |
7308a047 | 5858 | tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set); |
7308a047 RS |
5859 | tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); |
5860 | tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5861 | rtx index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
5862 | rtx lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5863 | rtx hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5864 | rtx setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5865 | rtx setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0); | |
5866 | enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index)); | |
7308a047 RS |
5867 | rtx rlow; |
5868 | rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result; | |
7308a047 | 5869 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5870 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
5871 | ||
5872 | /* If domain is empty, answer is no. Likewise if index is constant | |
5873 | and out of bounds. */ | |
5874 | if ((TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
5875 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
5876 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound) | |
5877 | || (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5878 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
5879 | && tree_int_cst_lt (index, set_low_bound)) | |
5880 | || (TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
5881 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5882 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, index)))) | |
7308a047 RS |
5883 | return const0_rtx; |
5884 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
5885 | if (target == 0) |
5886 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7308a047 RS |
5887 | |
5888 | /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases | |
5889 | (in range and out of range). */ | |
5890 | ||
5891 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5892 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5893 | ||
5894 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
5895 | && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
5896 | { | |
17938e57 | 5897 | emit_cmp_insn (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX, |
d6a5ac33 | 5898 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0); |
7308a047 RS |
5899 | emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (op1)); |
5900 | } | |
5901 | ||
5902 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
5903 | && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
5904 | { | |
17938e57 | 5905 | emit_cmp_insn (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX, |
d6a5ac33 | 5906 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0); |
7308a047 RS |
5907 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bgt (op1)); |
5908 | } | |
5909 | ||
5910 | /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word | |
5911 | of the set. */ | |
5912 | if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT) | |
17938e57 RK |
5913 | rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r) |
5914 | & ~ ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
7308a047 | 5915 | else |
17938e57 RK |
5916 | rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r, |
5917 | GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
d6a5ac33 | 5918 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7308a047 | 5919 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5920 | diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab, index_val, rlow, |
5921 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7308a047 RS |
5922 | |
5923 | quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff, | |
d6a5ac33 | 5924 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7308a047 | 5925 | rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5926 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
5927 | ||
7308a047 | 5928 | addr = memory_address (byte_mode, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5929 | expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab, diff, |
5930 | setaddr, NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, | |
17938e57 | 5931 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); |
d6a5ac33 | 5932 | |
7308a047 RS |
5933 | /* Extract the bit we want to examine */ |
5934 | bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode, | |
38a448ca | 5935 | gen_rtx_MEM (byte_mode, addr), |
17938e57 RK |
5936 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem), |
5937 | NULL_RTX, 1); | |
5938 | result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx, | |
5939 | GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0, | |
7308a047 | 5940 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
17938e57 RK |
5941 | |
5942 | if (result != target) | |
5943 | convert_move (target, result, 1); | |
7308a047 RS |
5944 | |
5945 | /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */ | |
5946 | emit_jump (op0); | |
5947 | emit_label (op1); | |
5948 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
5949 | emit_label (op0); | |
5950 | return target; | |
5951 | } | |
5952 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5953 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
5954 | if (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5955 | { | |
5956 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) | |
921b3427 | 5957 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
e976b8b2 MS |
5958 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); |
5959 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5960 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
5961 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = 0; | |
5962 | } | |
5963 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5964 | ||
5dab5552 MS |
5965 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
5966 | { | |
d93d4205 | 5967 | extern int temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 MS |
5968 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup |
5969 | actions to be performed. */ | |
5970 | expand_start_bindings (0); | |
5971 | ||
d93d4205 | 5972 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 | 5973 | |
921b3427 | 5974 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
f283f66b JM |
5975 | /* If we're going to use this value, load it up now. */ |
5976 | if (! ignore) | |
5977 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
d93d4205 | 5978 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
e976b8b2 | 5979 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); |
5dab5552 MS |
5980 | } |
5981 | return op0; | |
5982 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5983 | case CALL_EXPR: |
5984 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
5985 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5986 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
5987 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5988 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
5989 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5990 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5991 | /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls, |
5992 | just return the result we got. */ | |
5993 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
5994 | return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5995 | |
8129842c | 5996 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5997 | |
5998 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
5999 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
6000 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
6001 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6002 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
6003 | { | |
6004 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6005 | if (target == 0) | |
06089a8b RK |
6006 | { |
6007 | if (mode != BLKmode) | |
6008 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
6009 | else | |
6010 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6011 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6012 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6013 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
6014 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
6015 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
1499e0a8 RK |
6016 | change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), 0); |
6017 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6018 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
6019 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
6020 | store_field (target, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (valtype)), 0, | |
6021 | TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6022 | VOIDmode, 0, 1, | |
6023 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
6024 | else | |
6025 | abort (); | |
6026 | ||
6027 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
6028 | return target; | |
6029 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6030 | |
7f62854a RK |
6031 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
6032 | { | |
6033 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 6034 | ro_modifier); |
7f62854a RK |
6035 | |
6036 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is | |
6037 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
6038 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
6039 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != unsignedp | |
6040 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
6041 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
6042 | ||
6043 | return op0; | |
6044 | } | |
6045 | ||
1499e0a8 | 6046 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, 0); |
12342f90 RS |
6047 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
6048 | return op0; | |
12342f90 | 6049 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6050 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ |
6051 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
6052 | return | |
6053 | convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
6054 | op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
12342f90 | 6055 | |
26fcb35a | 6056 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
38a448ca | 6057 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); |
d6a5ac33 | 6058 | |
bbf6f052 | 6059 | if (target == 0) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6060 | return |
6061 | convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
6062 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 6063 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6064 | convert_move (target, op0, |
6065 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6066 | return target; |
6067 | ||
6068 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
0f41302f MS |
6069 | /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a |
6070 | constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6071 | plus_expr: |
6072 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
6073 | ||
6074 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
6075 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
6076 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
6077 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
6078 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
6079 | ||
6080 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
6081 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
6082 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
6083 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
6084 | ||
6085 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
6086 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
6087 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
6088 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
6089 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
6090 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
6091 | { | |
6092 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6093 | ||
6094 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
6095 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
6096 | } | |
6097 | ||
88f63c77 | 6098 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
bbf6f052 RK |
6099 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use |
6100 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
6101 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
6102 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
6103 | address. | |
6104 | ||
6105 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
c980ac49 | 6106 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
88f63c77 | 6107 | || mode == ptr_mode) |
bbf6f052 | 6108 | { |
c980ac49 RS |
6109 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST |
6110 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
6111 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6112 | { | |
6113 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
6114 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
6115 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6116 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6117 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
6118 | return op1; | |
6119 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6120 | |
c980ac49 RS |
6121 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
6122 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
6123 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
6124 | { | |
6125 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
6126 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
6127 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
6128 | { | |
6129 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6130 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
709f5be1 RS |
6131 | /* Don't go to both_summands if modifier |
6132 | says it's not right to return a PLUS. */ | |
6133 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6134 | goto binop2; | |
c980ac49 RS |
6135 | goto both_summands; |
6136 | } | |
6137 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
6138 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6139 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
6140 | return op0; | |
6141 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6142 | } |
6143 | ||
6144 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
6145 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
6146 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
6147 | zero-extend. */ | |
6148 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 | 6149 | || mode != ptr_mode) |
c980ac49 | 6150 | goto binop; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6151 | |
6152 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6153 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6154 | subtarget = 0; | |
6155 | ||
921b3427 RK |
6156 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
6157 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
bbf6f052 | 6158 | |
c980ac49 | 6159 | both_summands: |
bbf6f052 RK |
6160 | /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */ |
6161 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
6162 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
6163 | { | |
6164 | temp = op0; | |
6165 | op0 = op1; | |
6166 | op1 = temp; | |
6167 | } | |
6168 | /* If adding to a sum including a constant, | |
6169 | associate it to put the constant outside. */ | |
6170 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
6171 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) | |
6172 | { | |
6173 | rtx constant_term = const0_rtx; | |
6174 | ||
6175 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
6176 | if (temp != 0) | |
6177 | op0 = temp; | |
6f90e075 JW |
6178 | /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */ |
6179 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT) | |
38a448ca | 6180 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0)); |
bbf6f052 | 6181 | else |
38a448ca | 6182 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6183 | |
6184 | /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */ | |
6185 | op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term); | |
6186 | ||
6187 | /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so | |
6188 | their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the | |
6189 | result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */ | |
6190 | ||
6191 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term, | |
6192 | XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
6193 | if (temp != 0) | |
6194 | op1 = temp; | |
6195 | else | |
38a448ca | 6196 | op1 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6197 | } |
6198 | ||
6199 | /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */ | |
6200 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT) | |
6201 | temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp; | |
6202 | ||
6203 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
38a448ca | 6204 | return temp ? temp : gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6205 | |
6206 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
ea87523e RK |
6207 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
6208 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
6209 | are constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6210 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, |
6211 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
6212 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6213 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
6214 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6215 | { | |
906c4e36 | 6216 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 6217 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
906c4e36 | 6218 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 6219 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
ea87523e | 6220 | |
ea87523e RK |
6221 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
6222 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
6223 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
6224 | return plus_constant (op0, - INTVAL (op1)); | |
6225 | else | |
38a448ca | 6226 | return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6227 | } |
6228 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
6229 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6230 | { | |
ae431183 RK |
6231 | tree negated = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type, |
6232 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
6233 | ||
6234 | /* Deal with the case where we can't negate the constant | |
6235 | in TYPE. */ | |
6236 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) || TREE_OVERFLOW (negated)) | |
6237 | { | |
6238 | tree newtype = signed_type (type); | |
6239 | tree newop0 = convert (newtype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6240 | tree newop1 = convert (newtype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6241 | tree newneg = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, newtype, newop1)); | |
6242 | ||
6243 | if (! TREE_OVERFLOW (newneg)) | |
6244 | return expand_expr (convert (type, | |
6245 | build (PLUS_EXPR, newtype, | |
6246 | newop0, newneg)), | |
921b3427 | 6247 | target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
ae431183 RK |
6248 | } |
6249 | else | |
6250 | { | |
6251 | exp = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), negated); | |
6252 | goto plus_expr; | |
6253 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6254 | } |
6255 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
6256 | goto binop; | |
6257 | ||
6258 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
6259 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6260 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. | |
6261 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
6262 | check the second operand. */ | |
6263 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6264 | { | |
6265 | register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6266 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6267 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
6268 | } | |
6269 | ||
6270 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
6271 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
6272 | ||
88f63c77 | 6273 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode |
bbf6f052 | 6274 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
906c4e36 | 6275 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 6276 | { |
921b3427 RK |
6277 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
6278 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6279 | |
6280 | /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c. */ | |
6281 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
6282 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
38a448ca RH |
6283 | return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, |
6284 | gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6285 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))), | |
906c4e36 RK |
6286 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6287 | * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6288 | |
6289 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
906c4e36 | 6290 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6291 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
6292 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
6293 | ||
38a448ca RH |
6294 | return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, |
6295 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6296 | } |
6297 | ||
6298 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6299 | subtarget = 0; | |
6300 | ||
6301 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended | |
6302 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
6303 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
6304 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
6305 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6306 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
6307 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
6308 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6309 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
6310 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6311 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
6312 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
6313 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 6314 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6315 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
6316 | || | |
6317 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6318 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
6319 | == | |
6320 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
6321 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
6322 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
6323 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
6324 | == | |
6325 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
6326 | { | |
6327 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
6328 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
6329 | optab other_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
6330 | ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6331 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
6332 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
b10af0c8 | 6333 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)) |
bbf6f052 | 6334 | { |
b10af0c8 TG |
6335 | if (this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
6336 | { | |
6337 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6338 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6339 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6340 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6341 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6342 | else | |
6343 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
6344 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6345 | goto binop2; | |
6346 | } | |
6347 | else if (other_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
6348 | && innermode == word_mode) | |
6349 | { | |
6350 | rtx htem; | |
6351 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6352 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6353 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6354 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6355 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6356 | else | |
6357 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
6358 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6359 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
6360 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6361 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, | |
6362 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
6363 | op0, op1, | |
6364 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
6365 | unsignedp); | |
6366 | emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (innermode, temp), htem); | |
6367 | return temp; | |
6368 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6369 | } |
6370 | } | |
6371 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6372 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6373 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
6374 | ||
6375 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
6376 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
6377 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
6378 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
6379 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
6380 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6381 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6382 | subtarget = 0; | |
6383 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM | |
6384 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
6385 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
6386 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6387 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6388 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
6389 | ||
6390 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
6391 | this_optab = flodiv_optab; | |
6392 | goto binop; | |
6393 | ||
6394 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
6395 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
6396 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
6397 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
6398 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6399 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6400 | subtarget = 0; | |
6401 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6402 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6403 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
6404 | ||
6405 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
6406 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
6407 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
6408 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
6409 | ||
6410 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 6411 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6412 | if (target == 0) |
6413 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6414 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
6415 | return target; | |
6416 | ||
6417 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 6418 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6419 | if (target == 0) |
6420 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6421 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
6422 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
6423 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
6424 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
6425 | op0); | |
6426 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
6427 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
6428 | return target; | |
6429 | ||
6430 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
5b22bee8 | 6431 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6432 | temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0); |
6433 | if (temp == 0) | |
6434 | abort (); | |
6435 | return temp; | |
6436 | ||
6437 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
6438 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6439 | ||
2d7050fd | 6440 | /* Handle complex values specially. */ |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6441 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT |
6442 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
6443 | return expand_complex_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp); | |
2d7050fd | 6444 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6445 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
6446 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
6447 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
6448 | return op0; | |
6449 | ||
2e5ec6cf RK |
6450 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp, |
6451 | safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6452 | |
6453 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
6454 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
6455 | target = original_target; | |
6456 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
fc155707 | 6457 | || (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
d6a5ac33 | 6458 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
6459 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
6460 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
6461 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
906c4e36 | 6462 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6463 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
6464 | ||
6465 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
6466 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
6467 | value. */ | |
6468 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
6469 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
6470 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
6471 | ||
6472 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
6473 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
6474 | if (temp != 0) | |
6475 | return temp; | |
6476 | ||
fa2981d8 JW |
6477 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
6478 | code without it. */ | |
6479 | ||
6480 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
6481 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6482 | ||
ee456b1c RK |
6483 | if (target != op0) |
6484 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6485 | |
bbf6f052 | 6486 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); |
d6a5ac33 | 6487 | |
f81497d9 RS |
6488 | /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly, |
6489 | compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 6490 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && !can_compare_p (mode)) |
bbf6f052 | 6491 | { |
f81497d9 | 6492 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6493 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
6494 | target, op1, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 6495 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6496 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
6497 | op1, target, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
ee456b1c | 6498 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 6499 | } |
f81497d9 RS |
6500 | else |
6501 | { | |
6502 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) | |
6503 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
ee456b1c RK |
6504 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
6505 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
f81497d9 RS |
6506 | else |
6507 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
ee456b1c RK |
6508 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
6509 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
f81497d9 | 6510 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
ee456b1c | 6511 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
f81497d9 RS |
6512 | else if (temp != const_true_rtx) |
6513 | { | |
6514 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0) | |
6515 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0)); | |
6516 | else | |
6517 | abort (); | |
ee456b1c | 6518 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
f81497d9 RS |
6519 | } |
6520 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6521 | emit_label (op0); |
6522 | return target; | |
6523 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6524 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
6525 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6526 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
6527 | if (temp == 0) | |
6528 | abort (); | |
6529 | return temp; | |
6530 | ||
6531 | case FFS_EXPR: | |
6532 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6533 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
6534 | if (temp == 0) | |
6535 | abort (); | |
6536 | return temp; | |
6537 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6538 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
6539 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
6540 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
6541 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
6542 | ||
6543 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two | |
6544 | boolean values when we want in all cases to compute both of them. In | |
6545 | general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by computing both operands | |
6546 | as actual zero-or-1 values and then bitwise anding. In cases where | |
6547 | there cannot be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
6548 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; but the question is | |
6549 | how to recognize those cases. */ | |
6550 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6551 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: |
6552 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
6553 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
6554 | goto binop; | |
6555 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6556 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: |
6557 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
6558 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
6559 | goto binop; | |
6560 | ||
874726a8 | 6561 | case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: |
bbf6f052 RK |
6562 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
6563 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
6564 | goto binop; | |
6565 | ||
6566 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
6567 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
6568 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
6569 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
6570 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6571 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6572 | subtarget = 0; | |
6573 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6574 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
6575 | unsignedp); | |
6576 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6577 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
6578 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6579 | case LT_EXPR: |
6580 | case LE_EXPR: | |
6581 | case GT_EXPR: | |
6582 | case GE_EXPR: | |
6583 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
6584 | case NE_EXPR: | |
6585 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6586 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
6587 | if (temp != 0) | |
6588 | return temp; | |
d6a5ac33 | 6589 | |
0f41302f | 6590 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6591 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6592 | && original_target | |
6593 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
6594 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
6595 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6596 | { | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6597 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, |
6598 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6599 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6600 | if (temp != original_target) |
6601 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6602 | |
bbf6f052 | 6603 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
906c4e36 | 6604 | emit_cmp_insn (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
bbf6f052 RK |
6605 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, 0); |
6606 | emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (op1)); | |
6607 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); | |
6608 | emit_label (op1); | |
6609 | return temp; | |
6610 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6611 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6612 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional |
6613 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
6614 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
6615 | ||
6616 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
6617 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
e44842fe RK |
6618 | if (! ignore |
6619 | && (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp) | |
6620 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return | |
6621 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
6622 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
6623 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
bbf6f052 | 6624 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
e44842fe RK |
6625 | |
6626 | if (target) | |
6627 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
6628 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6629 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
6630 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
e44842fe RK |
6631 | |
6632 | if (target) | |
6633 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
6634 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6635 | emit_label (op1); |
e44842fe | 6636 | return ignore ? const0_rtx : target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6637 | |
6638 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
6639 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6640 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
6641 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 6642 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
6643 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
6644 | if (temp == 0) | |
6645 | abort (); | |
6646 | return temp; | |
6647 | ||
6648 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
6649 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6650 | emit_queue (); | |
6651 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6652 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
6653 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6654 | ||
6655 | case COND_EXPR: | |
ac01eace RK |
6656 | /* If we would have a "singleton" (see below) were it not for a |
6657 | conversion in each arm, bring that conversion back out. */ | |
6658 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6659 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6660 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
6661 | == TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)))) | |
6662 | { | |
6663 | tree true = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); | |
6664 | tree false = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0); | |
6665 | ||
6666 | if ((TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '2' | |
6667 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
6668 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '2' | |
6669 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0)) | |
6670 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '1' | |
6671 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
6672 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '1' | |
6673 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0))) | |
6674 | return expand_expr (build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, | |
6675 | build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (true), | |
6676 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6677 | true, false)), | |
6678 | target, tmode, modifier); | |
6679 | } | |
6680 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6681 | { |
6682 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
6683 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
6684 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
6685 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
6686 | ||
6687 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
6688 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
6689 | ||
6690 | tree singleton = 0; | |
6691 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6692 | |
6693 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
6694 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
6695 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6696 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
6697 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
6698 | { | |
dd27116b RK |
6699 | if (ignore) |
6700 | { | |
6701 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 6702 | ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
6703 | return const0_rtx; |
6704 | } | |
6705 | ||
921b3427 | 6706 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6707 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
6708 | return op0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 6709 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6710 | if (target == 0) |
6711 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6712 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
6713 | return target; | |
6714 | } | |
6715 | ||
ac01eace RK |
6716 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy A to the |
6717 | output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary operations. | |
6718 | Don't do this if X has side-effects because those side effects | |
6719 | might affect A or B and the "?" operation is a sequence point in | |
6720 | ANSI. (operand_equal_p tests for side effects.) */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6721 | |
6722 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
6723 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
6724 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
6725 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6726 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
6727 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6728 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
6729 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
6730 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
6731 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
6732 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
6733 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6734 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
6735 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6736 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
6737 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
6738 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
6739 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
6740 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
6741 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a | |
6742 | temporary. */ | |
6743 | ||
6744 | if (ignore) | |
6745 | temp = 0; | |
6746 | else if (original_target | |
6747 | && (safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
6748 | || (singleton && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
6749 | && REGNO (original_target) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6750 | && original_target == var_rtx (singleton))) | |
6751 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
6752 | && ! (GET_CODE (original_target) == MEM | |
6753 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (original_target))) | |
6754 | temp = original_target; | |
6755 | else if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
6756 | abort (); | |
6757 | else | |
6758 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
6759 | ||
ac01eace RK |
6760 | /* If we had X ? A + C : A, with C a constant power of 2, and we can |
6761 | do the test of X as a store-flag operation, do this as | |
6762 | A + ((X != 0) << log C). Similarly for other simple binary | |
6763 | operators. Only do for C == 1 if BRANCH_COST is low. */ | |
dd27116b | 6764 | if (temp && singleton && binary_op |
bbf6f052 RK |
6765 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
6766 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
6767 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9fbd9f58 | 6768 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR) |
ac01eace RK |
6769 | && (BRANCH_COST >= 3 ? integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) |
6770 | : integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6771 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') |
6772 | { | |
6773 | rtx result; | |
6774 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab | |
6775 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR ? sub_optab | |
6776 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
2d444001 | 6777 | : xor_optab); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6778 | |
6779 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). | |
6780 | ||
6781 | We have to invert the truth value here and then put it | |
6782 | back later if do_store_flag fails. We cannot simply copy | |
6783 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) to another variable and modify that | |
6784 | because invert_truthvalue can modify the tree pointed to | |
6785 | by its argument. */ | |
6786 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6787 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
6788 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6789 | ||
6790 | result = do_store_flag (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
906c4e36 RK |
6791 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton) |
6792 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6793 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
6794 | ||
ac01eace RK |
6795 | if (result != 0 && ! integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) |
6796 | result = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, result, | |
6797 | build_int_2 (tree_log2 | |
6798 | (TREE_OPERAND | |
6799 | (binary_op, 1)), | |
6800 | 0), | |
6801 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton) | |
6802 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), 0); | |
6803 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6804 | if (result) |
6805 | { | |
906c4e36 | 6806 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6807 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
6808 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6809 | } | |
6810 | else if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6811 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
6812 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6813 | } | |
6814 | ||
dabf8373 | 6815 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6816 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
6817 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6818 | ||
6819 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
6820 | { | |
6821 | if (temp != 0) | |
6822 | { | |
6823 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
6824 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
6825 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
6826 | might clobber it. */ | |
6827 | if ((binary_op | |
6828 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
6829 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG | |
6830 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
6831 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6832 | store_expr (singleton, temp, 0); | |
6833 | } | |
6834 | else | |
906c4e36 | 6835 | expand_expr (singleton, |
2937cf87 | 6836 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6837 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6838 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
6839 | else | |
6840 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
6841 | ||
956d6950 | 6842 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6843 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) |
6844 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
6845 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 6846 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6847 | else if (binary_op) |
6848 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
6849 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
6850 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
6851 | temp, 0); | |
6852 | else | |
6853 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
6854 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
6855 | temp, 0); | |
6856 | op1 = op0; | |
bbf6f052 | 6857 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6858 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any |
6859 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
6860 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
6861 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
6862 | else if (temp | |
6863 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
6864 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
6865 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6866 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6867 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
6868 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6869 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) |
6870 | { | |
6871 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6872 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6873 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
6874 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 6875 | |
956d6950 | 6876 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6877 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); |
6878 | op1 = op0; | |
6879 | } | |
6880 | else if (temp | |
6881 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
6882 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
6883 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6884 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6885 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
6886 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6887 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) |
6888 | { | |
6889 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6890 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6891 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
6892 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 6893 | |
956d6950 | 6894 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6895 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); |
6896 | op1 = op0; | |
6897 | } | |
6898 | else | |
6899 | { | |
6900 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6901 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 6902 | |
956d6950 | 6903 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6904 | if (temp != 0) |
6905 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
6906 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
6907 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
6908 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
956d6950 | 6909 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6910 | emit_queue (); |
6911 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
6912 | emit_barrier (); | |
6913 | emit_label (op0); | |
956d6950 | 6914 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6915 | if (temp != 0) |
6916 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
6917 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
6918 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
6919 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6920 | } |
6921 | ||
956d6950 | 6922 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6923 | |
6924 | emit_queue (); | |
6925 | emit_label (op1); | |
6926 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5dab5552 | 6927 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6928 | return temp; |
6929 | } | |
6930 | ||
6931 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
6932 | { | |
6933 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
6934 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
6935 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
6936 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
6937 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
6938 | ||
6939 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
6940 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
6941 | ||
6942 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
2a888d4c | 6943 | tree cleanups = NULL_TREE; |
5c062816 | 6944 | tree exp1; |
61d6b1cc | 6945 | rtx temp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6946 | |
6947 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
6948 | abort (); | |
6949 | ||
9c51f375 RK |
6950 | if (! ignore) |
6951 | target = original_target; | |
6952 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6953 | if (target == 0) |
6954 | { | |
6955 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
ac993f4f MS |
6956 | { |
6957 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
5c062816 | 6958 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do |
ac993f4f | 6959 | it again. (mrs) */ |
5c062816 MS |
6960 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
6961 | return target; | |
ac993f4f | 6962 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6963 | else |
6964 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 6965 | target = assign_temp (type, 2, 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6966 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ |
6967 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
6968 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6969 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) |
6970 | { | |
6971 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
6972 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
6973 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6974 | |
e287fd6e RK |
6975 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function |
6976 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
6977 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
6978 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
6979 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
6980 | built here. */ | |
6981 | ||
6982 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
6983 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = maybe_build_cleanup (slot); | |
2a888d4c | 6984 | cleanups = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); |
e287fd6e | 6985 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6986 | } |
6987 | else | |
6988 | { | |
6989 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
6990 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
6991 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
6992 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
6993 | ||
8c042b47 RS |
6994 | /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space, |
6995 | not target that we were passed in, as our target | |
6996 | parameter is only a hint. */ | |
6997 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
6998 | { | |
6999 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
7000 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do | |
7001 | it again. (mrs) */ | |
7002 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) | |
7003 | return target; | |
7004 | } | |
21002281 JW |
7005 | else |
7006 | { | |
7007 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
7008 | /* If we must have an addressable slot, then make sure that | |
7009 | the RTL that we just stored in slot is OK. */ | |
7010 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) | |
7011 | { | |
7012 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
7013 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
7014 | } | |
7015 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7016 | } |
7017 | ||
4847c938 | 7018 | exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5c062816 MS |
7019 | /* Mark it as expanded. */ |
7020 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE; | |
7021 | ||
41531e5b | 7022 | store_expr (exp1, target, 0); |
61d6b1cc | 7023 | |
e976b8b2 | 7024 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanups); |
61d6b1cc | 7025 | |
41531e5b | 7026 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7027 | } |
7028 | ||
7029 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
7030 | { | |
7031 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7032 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7033 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
7034 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
7035 | ||
7036 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
7037 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 && !fixed_type_p (rhs)) | |
7038 | noncopied_parts = init_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
7039 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
7040 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
7041 | { | |
7042 | expand_assignment (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), | |
7043 | TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
7044 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
7045 | } | |
7046 | return temp; | |
7047 | } | |
7048 | ||
7049 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
7050 | { | |
7051 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
7052 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call. | |
7053 | If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a | |
7054 | target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an extra temp and copy | |
7055 | and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code. | |
7056 | Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
7057 | ||
7058 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7059 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7060 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
7061 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
7062 | ||
7063 | temp = 0; | |
7064 | ||
7065 | if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL | |
7066 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL | |
b60334e8 RK |
7067 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL |
7068 | && ! (TREE_CODE (lhs) == INDIRECT_REF | |
7069 | && TYPE_READONLY (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 0))))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7070 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
7071 | ||
7072 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield | |
7073 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
7074 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
7075 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
7076 | ||
7077 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
7078 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
7079 | support it. */ | |
7080 | if (ignore | |
7081 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
7082 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
7083 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
7084 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
7085 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
7086 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) == 1 | |
7087 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1))) == 1) | |
7088 | { | |
7089 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7090 | ||
7091 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
7092 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
7093 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
7094 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
7095 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
7096 | ? integer_one_node | |
7097 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
7098 | 0, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 7099 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7100 | emit_label (label); |
7101 | return const0_rtx; | |
7102 | } | |
7103 | ||
7104 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 | |
7105 | && ! (fixed_type_p (lhs) && fixed_type_p (rhs))) | |
7106 | noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
7107 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
7108 | ||
7109 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
7110 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
7111 | { | |
7112 | expand_assignment (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), | |
7113 | TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
7114 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
7115 | } | |
7116 | return temp; | |
7117 | } | |
7118 | ||
7119 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
7120 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7b8b9722 | 7121 | return expand_increment (exp, 0, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7122 | |
7123 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
7124 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7125 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
7b8b9722 | 7126 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7127 | |
7128 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
987c71d9 | 7129 | /* If nonzero, TEMP will be set to the address of something that might |
0f41302f | 7130 | be a MEM corresponding to a stack slot. */ |
987c71d9 RK |
7131 | temp = 0; |
7132 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7133 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ |
7134 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
38ee6ed9 JM |
7135 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0 |
7136 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7137 | { |
7138 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7139 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
7140 | } | |
682ba3a6 RK |
7141 | /* If we are taking the address of something erroneous, just |
7142 | return a zero. */ | |
7143 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
7144 | return const0_rtx; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7145 | else |
7146 | { | |
e287fd6e RK |
7147 | /* We make sure to pass const0_rtx down if we came in with |
7148 | ignore set, to avoid doing the cleanups twice for something. */ | |
7149 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7150 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7151 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
7152 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
896102d0 | 7153 | |
119af78a RK |
7154 | /* If we are going to ignore the result, OP0 will have been set |
7155 | to const0_rtx, so just return it. Don't get confused and | |
7156 | think we are taking the address of the constant. */ | |
7157 | if (ignore) | |
7158 | return op0; | |
7159 | ||
3539e816 MS |
7160 | op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0); |
7161 | ||
896102d0 RK |
7162 | /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant, |
7163 | we can have it be statically allocated into memory. For | |
682ba3a6 | 7164 | a non-constant (REG, SUBREG or CONCAT), we need to allocate some |
896102d0 RK |
7165 | memory and store the value into it. */ |
7166 | ||
7167 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
7168 | op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
7169 | op0); | |
987c71d9 | 7170 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
af5b53ed RK |
7171 | { |
7172 | mark_temp_addr_taken (op0); | |
7173 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
7174 | } | |
896102d0 | 7175 | |
682ba3a6 RK |
7176 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
7177 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT) | |
896102d0 RK |
7178 | { |
7179 | /* If this object is in a register, it must be not | |
0f41302f | 7180 | be BLKmode. */ |
896102d0 | 7181 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
06089a8b | 7182 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (inner_type, 1, 1, 1); |
896102d0 | 7183 | |
7a0b7b9a | 7184 | mark_temp_addr_taken (memloc); |
896102d0 RK |
7185 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
7186 | op0 = memloc; | |
7187 | } | |
7188 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7189 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
7190 | abort (); | |
7191 | ||
7192 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 RK |
7193 | { |
7194 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
7195 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
7196 | if (GET_MODE (temp) == Pmode && GET_MODE (temp) != mode | |
7197 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 7198 | temp = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, temp); |
88f63c77 RK |
7199 | #endif |
7200 | return temp; | |
7201 | } | |
987c71d9 | 7202 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7203 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); |
7204 | } | |
987c71d9 | 7205 | |
bbf6f052 | 7206 | if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
987c71d9 RK |
7207 | op0 = force_reg (Pmode, op0); |
7208 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
7209 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG |
7210 | && ! REG_USERVAR_P (op0)) | |
7211 | mark_reg_pointer (op0, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
987c71d9 RK |
7212 | |
7213 | /* If we might have had a temp slot, add an equivalent address | |
7214 | for it. */ | |
7215 | if (temp != 0) | |
7216 | update_temp_slot_address (temp, op0); | |
7217 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
7218 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
7219 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode | |
7220 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 7221 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 RK |
7222 | #endif |
7223 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7224 | return op0; |
7225 | ||
7226 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
7227 | abort (); | |
7228 | ||
7308a047 RS |
7229 | /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */ |
7230 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: | |
7231 | { | |
7232 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6551fa4d | 7233 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
7234 | |
7235 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
7236 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7237 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7238 | ||
7239 | if (! target) | |
7240 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7241 | ||
6551fa4d | 7242 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
7243 | |
7244 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ | |
2d7050fd RS |
7245 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0); |
7246 | emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1); | |
7308a047 | 7247 | |
6551fa4d JW |
7248 | insns = get_insns (); |
7249 | end_sequence (); | |
7250 | ||
7308a047 | 7251 | /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */ |
6551fa4d JW |
7252 | /* If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = IS, |
7253 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. | |
7254 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 7255 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
7256 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, NULL_RTX); |
7257 | else | |
7258 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
7259 | |
7260 | return target; | |
7261 | } | |
7262 | ||
7263 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
7264 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
7265 | return gen_realpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
7266 | |
7267 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
7268 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
7269 | return gen_imagpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
7270 | |
7271 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
7272 | { | |
62acb978 | 7273 | enum machine_mode partmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
7308a047 | 7274 | rtx imag_t; |
6551fa4d | 7275 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
7276 | |
7277 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7278 | ||
7279 | if (! target) | |
d6a5ac33 | 7280 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
7308a047 | 7281 | |
6551fa4d | 7282 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
7283 | |
7284 | /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */ | |
62acb978 RK |
7285 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (partmode, target), |
7286 | gen_realpart (partmode, op0)); | |
7308a047 | 7287 | |
62acb978 RK |
7288 | imag_t = gen_imagpart (partmode, target); |
7289 | temp = expand_unop (partmode, neg_optab, | |
7290 | gen_imagpart (partmode, op0), imag_t, 0); | |
7308a047 RS |
7291 | if (temp != imag_t) |
7292 | emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp); | |
7293 | ||
6551fa4d JW |
7294 | insns = get_insns (); |
7295 | end_sequence (); | |
7296 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7297 | /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit |
7298 | If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = - IS, | |
6551fa4d JW |
7299 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. |
7300 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 7301 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
7302 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
7303 | else | |
7304 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
7305 | |
7306 | return target; | |
7307 | } | |
7308 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
7309 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
7310 | { | |
7311 | tree handler = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7312 | ||
7313 | expand_eh_region_start (); | |
7314 | ||
7315 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7316 | ||
7317 | expand_eh_region_end (handler); | |
7318 | ||
7319 | return op0; | |
7320 | } | |
7321 | ||
7322 | case POPDCC_EXPR: | |
7323 | { | |
7324 | rtx dcc = get_dynamic_cleanup_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 7325 | emit_move_insn (dcc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dcc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
7326 | return const0_rtx; |
7327 | } | |
7328 | ||
7329 | case POPDHC_EXPR: | |
7330 | { | |
7331 | rtx dhc = get_dynamic_handler_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 7332 | emit_move_insn (dhc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dhc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
7333 | return const0_rtx; |
7334 | } | |
7335 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7336 | case ERROR_MARK: |
66538193 RS |
7337 | op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode); |
7338 | if (op0 != 0) | |
7339 | return op0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7340 | return const0_rtx; |
7341 | ||
7342 | default: | |
90764a87 | 7343 | return (*lang_expand_expr) (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7344 | } |
7345 | ||
7346 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
7347 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
7348 | binop: | |
7349 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
7350 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
7351 | subtarget = 0; | |
7352 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7353 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7354 | binop2: |
7355 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
7356 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7357 | if (temp == 0) | |
7358 | abort (); | |
7359 | return temp; | |
7360 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7361 | |
bbf6f052 | 7362 | |
b93a436e JL |
7363 | \f |
7364 | /* Return the alignment in bits of EXP, a pointer valued expression. | |
7365 | But don't return more than MAX_ALIGN no matter what. | |
7366 | The alignment returned is, by default, the alignment of the thing that | |
7367 | EXP points to (if it is not a POINTER_TYPE, 0 is returned). | |
7368 | ||
7369 | Otherwise, look at the expression to see if we can do better, i.e., if the | |
7370 | expression is actually pointing at an object whose alignment is tighter. */ | |
0f41302f | 7371 | |
b93a436e JL |
7372 | static int |
7373 | get_pointer_alignment (exp, max_align) | |
7374 | tree exp; | |
7375 | unsigned max_align; | |
bbf6f052 | 7376 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7377 | unsigned align, inner; |
7378 | ||
7379 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
7380 | return 0; | |
7381 | ||
7382 | align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7383 | align = MIN (align, max_align); | |
7384 | ||
7385 | while (1) | |
bbf6f052 | 7386 | { |
b93a436e | 7387 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
bbf6f052 | 7388 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7389 | case NOP_EXPR: |
7390 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
7391 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
7392 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7393 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
7394 | return align; | |
7395 | inner = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7396 | align = MIN (inner, max_align); | |
7397 | break; | |
7398 | ||
7399 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
7400 | /* If sum of pointer + int, restrict our maximum alignment to that | |
7401 | imposed by the integer. If not, we can't do any better than | |
7402 | ALIGN. */ | |
7403 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
7404 | return align; | |
7405 | ||
7406 | while (((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
7407 | & (max_align - 1)) | |
7408 | != 0) | |
7409 | max_align >>= 1; | |
7410 | ||
7411 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7412 | break; | |
7413 | ||
7414 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
7415 | /* See what we are pointing at and look at its alignment. */ | |
7416 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7417 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
7418 | align = FUNCTION_BOUNDARY; | |
7419 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') | |
7420 | align = DECL_ALIGN (exp); | |
7421 | #ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT | |
7422 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'c') | |
7423 | align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align); | |
c02bd5d9 | 7424 | #endif |
b93a436e | 7425 | return MIN (align, max_align); |
c02bd5d9 | 7426 | |
b93a436e JL |
7427 | default: |
7428 | return align; | |
7429 | } | |
7430 | } | |
7431 | } | |
7432 | \f | |
7433 | /* Return the tree node and offset if a given argument corresponds to | |
7434 | a string constant. */ | |
7435 | ||
7436 | static tree | |
7437 | string_constant (arg, ptr_offset) | |
7438 | tree arg; | |
7439 | tree *ptr_offset; | |
7440 | { | |
7441 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
7442 | ||
7443 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
7444 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
7445 | { | |
7446 | *ptr_offset = integer_zero_node; | |
7447 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
7448 | } | |
7449 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
7450 | { | |
7451 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
7452 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
7453 | ||
7454 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
7455 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
7456 | ||
7457 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
7458 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 7459 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7460 | *ptr_offset = arg1; |
7461 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7462 | } |
b93a436e JL |
7463 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
7464 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 7465 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7466 | *ptr_offset = arg0; |
7467 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7468 | } |
b93a436e | 7469 | } |
ca695ac9 | 7470 | |
b93a436e JL |
7471 | return 0; |
7472 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 7473 | |
b93a436e JL |
7474 | /* Compute the length of a C string. TREE_STRING_LENGTH is not the right |
7475 | way, because it could contain a zero byte in the middle. | |
7476 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH is the size of the character array, not the string. | |
ca695ac9 | 7477 | |
b93a436e JL |
7478 | Unfortunately, string_constant can't access the values of const char |
7479 | arrays with initializers, so neither can we do so here. */ | |
e87b4f3f | 7480 | |
b93a436e JL |
7481 | static tree |
7482 | c_strlen (src) | |
7483 | tree src; | |
7484 | { | |
7485 | tree offset_node; | |
7486 | int offset, max; | |
7487 | char *ptr; | |
e7c33f54 | 7488 | |
b93a436e JL |
7489 | src = string_constant (src, &offset_node); |
7490 | if (src == 0) | |
7491 | return 0; | |
7492 | max = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (src); | |
7493 | ptr = TREE_STRING_POINTER (src); | |
7494 | if (offset_node && TREE_CODE (offset_node) != INTEGER_CST) | |
7495 | { | |
7496 | /* If the string has an internal zero byte (e.g., "foo\0bar"), we can't | |
7497 | compute the offset to the following null if we don't know where to | |
7498 | start searching for it. */ | |
7499 | int i; | |
7500 | for (i = 0; i < max; i++) | |
7501 | if (ptr[i] == 0) | |
7502 | return 0; | |
7503 | /* We don't know the starting offset, but we do know that the string | |
7504 | has no internal zero bytes. We can assume that the offset falls | |
7505 | within the bounds of the string; otherwise, the programmer deserves | |
7506 | what he gets. Subtract the offset from the length of the string, | |
7507 | and return that. */ | |
7508 | /* This would perhaps not be valid if we were dealing with named | |
7509 | arrays in addition to literal string constants. */ | |
7510 | return size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, size_int (max), offset_node); | |
7511 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 7512 | |
b93a436e JL |
7513 | /* We have a known offset into the string. Start searching there for |
7514 | a null character. */ | |
7515 | if (offset_node == 0) | |
7516 | offset = 0; | |
7517 | else | |
7518 | { | |
7519 | /* Did we get a long long offset? If so, punt. */ | |
7520 | if (TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (offset_node) != 0) | |
7521 | return 0; | |
7522 | offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (offset_node); | |
7523 | } | |
7524 | /* If the offset is known to be out of bounds, warn, and call strlen at | |
7525 | runtime. */ | |
7526 | if (offset < 0 || offset > max) | |
7527 | { | |
7528 | warning ("offset outside bounds of constant string"); | |
7529 | return 0; | |
7530 | } | |
7531 | /* Use strlen to search for the first zero byte. Since any strings | |
7532 | constructed with build_string will have nulls appended, we win even | |
7533 | if we get handed something like (char[4])"abcd". | |
e7c33f54 | 7534 | |
b93a436e JL |
7535 | Since OFFSET is our starting index into the string, no further |
7536 | calculation is needed. */ | |
7537 | return size_int (strlen (ptr + offset)); | |
7538 | } | |
1bbddf11 | 7539 | |
b93a436e JL |
7540 | rtx |
7541 | expand_builtin_return_addr (fndecl_code, count, tem) | |
7542 | enum built_in_function fndecl_code; | |
7543 | int count; | |
7544 | rtx tem; | |
7545 | { | |
7546 | int i; | |
e7c33f54 | 7547 | |
b93a436e JL |
7548 | /* Some machines need special handling before we can access |
7549 | arbitrary frames. For example, on the sparc, we must first flush | |
7550 | all register windows to the stack. */ | |
7551 | #ifdef SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES | |
7552 | if (count > 0) | |
7553 | SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES (); | |
7554 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 7555 | |
b93a436e JL |
7556 | /* On the sparc, the return address is not in the frame, it is in a |
7557 | register. There is no way to access it off of the current frame | |
7558 | pointer, but it can be accessed off the previous frame pointer by | |
7559 | reading the value from the register window save area. */ | |
7560 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME | |
7561 | if (fndecl_code == BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS) | |
7562 | count--; | |
7563 | #endif | |
60bac6ea | 7564 | |
b93a436e JL |
7565 | /* Scan back COUNT frames to the specified frame. */ |
7566 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
7567 | { | |
7568 | /* Assume the dynamic chain pointer is in the word that the | |
7569 | frame address points to, unless otherwise specified. */ | |
7570 | #ifdef DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS | |
7571 | tem = DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (tem); | |
7572 | #endif | |
7573 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, tem); | |
7574 | tem = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem)); | |
7575 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 7576 | |
b93a436e JL |
7577 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ |
7578 | if (fndecl_code == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
7579 | return tem; | |
e9a25f70 | 7580 | |
b93a436e JL |
7581 | /* For __builtin_return_address, Get the return address from that |
7582 | frame. */ | |
7583 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_RTX | |
7584 | tem = RETURN_ADDR_RTX (count, tem); | |
7585 | #else | |
7586 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, | |
7587 | plus_constant (tem, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
7588 | tem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem); | |
7589 | #endif | |
7590 | return tem; | |
7591 | } | |
e9a25f70 | 7592 | |
b93a436e JL |
7593 | /* __builtin_setjmp is passed a pointer to an array of five words (not |
7594 | all will be used on all machines). It operates similarly to the C | |
7595 | library function of the same name, but is more efficient. Much of | |
7596 | the code below (and for longjmp) is copied from the handling of | |
7597 | non-local gotos. | |
ca695ac9 | 7598 | |
b93a436e JL |
7599 | NOTE: This is intended for use by GNAT and the exception handling |
7600 | scheme in the compiler and will only work in the method used by | |
7601 | them. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 7602 | |
b93a436e JL |
7603 | rtx |
7604 | expand_builtin_setjmp (buf_addr, target) | |
7605 | rtx buf_addr; | |
7606 | rtx target; | |
7607 | { | |
7608 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7609 | enum machine_mode sa_mode = Pmode, value_mode; | |
7610 | rtx stack_save; | |
7611 | int old_inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop; | |
7612 | int return_pops | |
7613 | = RETURN_POPS_ARGS (get_identifier ("__dummy"), | |
7614 | build_function_type (void_type_node, NULL_TREE), | |
7615 | 0); | |
7616 | rtx next_arg_reg; | |
7617 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far; | |
7618 | rtx op0; | |
7619 | int i; | |
e9a25f70 | 7620 | |
b93a436e | 7621 | value_mode = TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node); |
ca695ac9 | 7622 | |
b93a436e JL |
7623 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
7624 | buf_addr = convert_memory_address (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
7625 | #endif | |
d7f21d63 | 7626 | |
b93a436e | 7627 | buf_addr = force_reg (Pmode, buf_addr); |
d7f21d63 | 7628 | |
b93a436e JL |
7629 | if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG |
7630 | || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
7631 | target = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
d7f21d63 | 7632 | |
b93a436e | 7633 | emit_queue (); |
d7f21d63 | 7634 | |
b93a436e JL |
7635 | /* We store the frame pointer and the address of lab1 in the buffer |
7636 | and use the rest of it for the stack save area, which is | |
7637 | machine-dependent. */ | |
7638 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, buf_addr), | |
7639 | virtual_stack_vars_rtx); | |
7640 | emit_move_insn | |
7641 | (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, | |
7642 | plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
7643 | GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode)))), | |
7644 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, lab1)); | |
d7f21d63 | 7645 | |
b93a436e JL |
7646 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal |
7647 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
7648 | sa_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_save_stack_nonlocal][0]; | |
7649 | #endif | |
6c174fc0 | 7650 | |
b93a436e JL |
7651 | stack_save = gen_rtx_MEM (sa_mode, |
7652 | plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
7653 | 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
7654 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &stack_save, NULL_RTX); | |
e9a25f70 | 7655 | |
b93a436e JL |
7656 | #ifdef HAVE_setjmp |
7657 | if (HAVE_setjmp) | |
7658 | emit_insn (gen_setjmp ()); | |
7659 | #endif | |
d7f21d63 | 7660 | |
b93a436e JL |
7661 | /* Set TARGET to zero and branch around the other case. */ |
7662 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
7663 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
7664 | emit_barrier (); | |
7665 | emit_label (lab1); | |
d7f21d63 | 7666 | |
b93a436e JL |
7667 | /* Note that setjmp clobbers FP when we get here, so we have to make |
7668 | sure it's marked as used by this function. */ | |
7669 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); | |
e9a25f70 | 7670 | |
b93a436e JL |
7671 | /* Mark the static chain as clobbered here so life information |
7672 | doesn't get messed up for it. */ | |
7673 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx)); | |
d7f21d63 | 7674 | |
b93a436e JL |
7675 | /* Now put in the code to restore the frame pointer, and argument |
7676 | pointer, if needed. The code below is from expand_end_bindings | |
7677 | in stmt.c; see detailed documentation there. */ | |
7678 | #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto | |
7679 | if (! HAVE_nonlocal_goto) | |
7680 | #endif | |
7681 | emit_move_insn (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 7682 | |
b93a436e | 7683 | current_function_has_nonlocal_label = 1; |
e9a25f70 | 7684 | |
b93a436e JL |
7685 | #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
7686 | if (fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]) | |
7687 | { | |
7688 | #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS | |
7689 | static struct elims {int from, to;} elim_regs[] = ELIMINABLE_REGS; | |
ca695ac9 | 7690 | |
b93a436e JL |
7691 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof elim_regs / sizeof elim_regs[0]; i++) |
7692 | if (elim_regs[i].from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM | |
7693 | && elim_regs[i].to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) | |
7694 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 7695 | |
b93a436e JL |
7696 | if (i == sizeof elim_regs / sizeof elim_regs [0]) |
7697 | #endif | |
7698 | { | |
7699 | /* Now restore our arg pointer from the address at which it | |
7700 | was saved in our stack frame. | |
7701 | If there hasn't be space allocated for it yet, make | |
7702 | some now. */ | |
7703 | if (arg_pointer_save_area == 0) | |
7704 | arg_pointer_save_area | |
7705 | = assign_stack_local (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0); | |
7706 | emit_move_insn (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, | |
7707 | copy_to_reg (arg_pointer_save_area)); | |
7708 | } | |
7709 | } | |
7710 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 7711 | |
b93a436e JL |
7712 | #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver |
7713 | if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver) | |
7714 | emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto_receiver ()); | |
7715 | #endif | |
7716 | /* The static chain pointer contains the address of dummy function. | |
7717 | We need to call it here to handle some PIC cases of restoring a | |
7718 | global pointer. Then return 1. */ | |
7719 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, static_chain_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 7720 | |
b93a436e JL |
7721 | /* We can't actually call emit_library_call here, so do everything |
7722 | it does, which isn't much for a libfunc with no args. */ | |
7723 | op0 = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, op0); | |
ca695ac9 | 7724 | |
b93a436e JL |
7725 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, NULL_TREE, |
7726 | gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__dummy"), 1); | |
7727 | next_arg_reg = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 7728 | |
b93a436e JL |
7729 | #ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS |
7730 | #ifdef HAVE_call_pop | |
7731 | if (HAVE_call_pop) | |
7732 | emit_call_insn (gen_call_pop (gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, op0), | |
7733 | const0_rtx, next_arg_reg, | |
7734 | GEN_INT (return_pops))); | |
7735 | else | |
7736 | #endif | |
7737 | #endif | |
e9a25f70 | 7738 | |
b93a436e JL |
7739 | #ifdef HAVE_call |
7740 | if (HAVE_call) | |
7741 | emit_call_insn (gen_call (gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, op0), | |
7742 | const0_rtx, next_arg_reg, const0_rtx)); | |
7743 | else | |
7744 | #endif | |
7745 | abort (); | |
ca695ac9 | 7746 | |
b93a436e JL |
7747 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_setjmp_receiver |
7748 | if (HAVE_builtin_setjmp_receiver) | |
7749 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_setjmp_receiver ()); | |
7750 | #endif | |
60bac6ea | 7751 | |
b93a436e JL |
7752 | emit_move_insn (target, const1_rtx); |
7753 | emit_label (lab2); | |
7754 | return target; | |
7755 | } | |
60bac6ea | 7756 | |
b93a436e JL |
7757 | \f |
7758 | /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function, | |
7759 | with result going to TARGET if that's convenient | |
7760 | (and in mode MODE if that's convenient). | |
7761 | SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands. | |
7762 | IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */ | |
60bac6ea | 7763 | |
b93a436e JL |
7764 | #define CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN(NODE) \ |
7765 | (!strncmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (NODE)), "__builtin_", 10)) | |
60bac6ea | 7766 | |
b93a436e JL |
7767 | static rtx |
7768 | expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore) | |
7769 | tree exp; | |
7770 | rtx target; | |
7771 | rtx subtarget; | |
7772 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
7773 | int ignore; | |
7774 | { | |
7775 | tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
7776 | tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7777 | rtx op0; | |
7778 | rtx lab1, insns; | |
7779 | enum machine_mode value_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
7780 | optab builtin_optab; | |
60bac6ea | 7781 | |
b93a436e JL |
7782 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) |
7783 | { | |
7784 | case BUILT_IN_ABS: | |
7785 | case BUILT_IN_LABS: | |
7786 | case BUILT_IN_FABS: | |
7787 | /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR. */ | |
7788 | abort (); | |
4ed67205 | 7789 | |
b93a436e JL |
7790 | case BUILT_IN_SIN: |
7791 | case BUILT_IN_COS: | |
7792 | /* Treat these like sqrt, but only if the user asks for them. */ | |
7793 | if (! flag_fast_math) | |
7794 | break; | |
7795 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: | |
7796 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
7797 | if (! optimize) | |
7798 | break; | |
4ed67205 | 7799 | |
b93a436e JL |
7800 | if (arglist == 0 |
7801 | /* Arg could be wrong type if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
7802 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != REAL_TYPE) | |
4ed67205 RK |
7803 | break; |
7804 | ||
b93a436e JL |
7805 | /* Stabilize and compute the argument. */ |
7806 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != VAR_DECL | |
7807 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != PARM_DECL) | |
7808 | { | |
7809 | exp = copy_node (exp); | |
7810 | arglist = copy_node (arglist); | |
7811 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = arglist; | |
7812 | TREE_VALUE (arglist) = save_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
7813 | } | |
7814 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
b089937a | 7815 | |
b93a436e JL |
7816 | /* Make a suitable register to place result in. */ |
7817 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7565a035 | 7818 | |
b93a436e JL |
7819 | emit_queue (); |
7820 | start_sequence (); | |
7565a035 | 7821 | |
b93a436e JL |
7822 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) |
7823 | { | |
7824 | case BUILT_IN_SIN: | |
7825 | builtin_optab = sin_optab; break; | |
7826 | case BUILT_IN_COS: | |
7827 | builtin_optab = cos_optab; break; | |
7828 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: | |
7829 | builtin_optab = sqrt_optab; break; | |
7830 | default: | |
7831 | abort (); | |
7832 | } | |
4ed67205 | 7833 | |
b93a436e JL |
7834 | /* Compute into TARGET. |
7835 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
7836 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
7837 | builtin_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
7838 | ||
7839 | /* If we were unable to expand via the builtin, stop the | |
7840 | sequence (without outputting the insns) and break, causing | |
7841 | a call the the library function. */ | |
7842 | if (target == 0) | |
4ed67205 | 7843 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7844 | end_sequence (); |
7845 | break; | |
7846 | } | |
4ed67205 | 7847 | |
b93a436e JL |
7848 | /* Check the results by default. But if flag_fast_math is turned on, |
7849 | then assume sqrt will always be called with valid arguments. */ | |
4ed67205 | 7850 | |
b93a436e JL |
7851 | if (! flag_fast_math) |
7852 | { | |
7853 | /* Don't define the builtin FP instructions | |
7854 | if your machine is not IEEE. */ | |
7855 | if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT) | |
7856 | abort (); | |
4ed67205 | 7857 | |
b93a436e | 7858 | lab1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
ca55abae | 7859 | |
b93a436e JL |
7860 | /* Test the result; if it is NaN, set errno=EDOM because |
7861 | the argument was not in the domain. */ | |
7862 | emit_cmp_insn (target, target, EQ, 0, GET_MODE (target), 0, 0); | |
7863 | emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (lab1)); | |
7864 | ||
7865 | #ifdef TARGET_EDOM | |
7866 | { | |
7867 | #ifdef GEN_ERRNO_RTX | |
7868 | rtx errno_rtx = GEN_ERRNO_RTX; | |
7869 | #else | |
7870 | rtx errno_rtx | |
7871 | = gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "errno")); | |
7872 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 7873 | |
b93a436e JL |
7874 | emit_move_insn (errno_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_EDOM)); |
7875 | } | |
7876 | #else | |
7877 | /* We can't set errno=EDOM directly; let the library call do it. | |
7878 | Pop the arguments right away in case the call gets deleted. */ | |
7879 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
7880 | expand_call (exp, target, 0); | |
7881 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
7882 | #endif | |
e7c33f54 | 7883 | |
b93a436e JL |
7884 | emit_label (lab1); |
7885 | } | |
0006469d | 7886 | |
b93a436e JL |
7887 | /* Output the entire sequence. */ |
7888 | insns = get_insns (); | |
7889 | end_sequence (); | |
7890 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7891 | ||
7892 | return target; | |
0006469d | 7893 | |
b93a436e JL |
7894 | case BUILT_IN_FMOD: |
7895 | break; | |
0006469d | 7896 | |
b93a436e JL |
7897 | /* __builtin_apply_args returns block of memory allocated on |
7898 | the stack into which is stored the arg pointer, structure | |
7899 | value address, static chain, and all the registers that might | |
7900 | possibly be used in performing a function call. The code is | |
7901 | moved to the start of the function so the incoming values are | |
7902 | saved. */ | |
7903 | case BUILT_IN_APPLY_ARGS: | |
7904 | /* Don't do __builtin_apply_args more than once in a function. | |
7905 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
7906 | if (apply_args_value != 0) | |
7907 | return apply_args_value; | |
7908 | { | |
7909 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
7910 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
7911 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
7912 | rtx temp; | |
7913 | rtx seq; | |
0006469d | 7914 | |
b93a436e JL |
7915 | start_sequence (); |
7916 | temp = expand_builtin_apply_args (); | |
7917 | seq = get_insns (); | |
7918 | end_sequence (); | |
0006469d | 7919 | |
b93a436e | 7920 | apply_args_value = temp; |
0006469d | 7921 | |
b93a436e JL |
7922 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. |
7923 | If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn | |
7924 | chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the | |
7925 | function. */ | |
7926 | push_topmost_sequence (); | |
7927 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
7928 | pop_topmost_sequence (); | |
7929 | return temp; | |
7930 | } | |
0006469d | 7931 | |
b93a436e JL |
7932 | /* __builtin_apply (FUNCTION, ARGUMENTS, ARGSIZE) invokes |
7933 | FUNCTION with a copy of the parameters described by | |
7934 | ARGUMENTS, and ARGSIZE. It returns a block of memory | |
7935 | allocated on the stack into which is stored all the registers | |
7936 | that might possibly be used for returning the result of a | |
7937 | function. ARGUMENTS is the value returned by | |
7938 | __builtin_apply_args. ARGSIZE is the number of bytes of | |
7939 | arguments that must be copied. ??? How should this value be | |
7940 | computed? We'll also need a safe worst case value for varargs | |
7941 | functions. */ | |
7942 | case BUILT_IN_APPLY: | |
7943 | if (arglist == 0 | |
7944 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
7945 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
7946 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
7947 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
7948 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
7949 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
7950 | return const0_rtx; | |
7951 | else | |
7952 | { | |
7953 | int i; | |
7954 | tree t; | |
7955 | rtx ops[3]; | |
0006469d | 7956 | |
b93a436e JL |
7957 | for (t = arglist, i = 0; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t), i++) |
7958 | ops[i] = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (t), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7959 | |
b93a436e JL |
7960 | return expand_builtin_apply (ops[0], ops[1], ops[2]); |
7961 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7962 | |
b93a436e JL |
7963 | /* __builtin_return (RESULT) causes the function to return the |
7964 | value described by RESULT. RESULT is address of the block of | |
7965 | memory returned by __builtin_apply. */ | |
7966 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN: | |
7967 | if (arglist | |
7968 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
7969 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) == POINTER_TYPE) | |
7970 | expand_builtin_return (expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
7971 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)); | |
7972 | return const0_rtx; | |
ca695ac9 | 7973 | |
b93a436e JL |
7974 | case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS: |
7975 | /* Don't do __builtin_saveregs more than once in a function. | |
7976 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
7977 | if (saveregs_value != 0) | |
7978 | return saveregs_value; | |
7979 | { | |
7980 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
7981 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
7982 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
7983 | rtx temp; | |
7984 | rtx seq; | |
ca695ac9 | 7985 | |
b93a436e JL |
7986 | /* Now really call the function. `expand_call' does not call |
7987 | expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here. */ | |
7988 | start_sequence (); | |
ca695ac9 | 7989 | |
b93a436e JL |
7990 | #ifdef EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS |
7991 | /* Do whatever the machine needs done in this case. */ | |
7992 | temp = EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (arglist); | |
7993 | #else | |
7994 | /* The register where the function returns its value | |
7995 | is likely to have something else in it, such as an argument. | |
7996 | So preserve that register around the call. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 7997 | |
b93a436e JL |
7998 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) |
7999 | { | |
8000 | rtx valreg = hard_libcall_value (value_mode); | |
8001 | rtx saved_valreg = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 8002 | |
b93a436e JL |
8003 | emit_move_insn (saved_valreg, valreg); |
8004 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
8005 | emit_move_insn (valreg, saved_valreg); | |
ca695ac9 JB |
8006 | } |
8007 | else | |
b93a436e JL |
8008 | /* Generate the call, putting the value in a pseudo. */ |
8009 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
8010 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 8011 | |
b93a436e JL |
8012 | seq = get_insns (); |
8013 | end_sequence (); | |
bbf6f052 | 8014 | |
b93a436e | 8015 | saveregs_value = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 8016 | |
b93a436e JL |
8017 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. |
8018 | If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn | |
8019 | chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the | |
8020 | function. */ | |
8021 | push_topmost_sequence (); | |
8022 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
8023 | pop_topmost_sequence (); | |
8024 | return temp; | |
8025 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8026 | |
b93a436e JL |
8027 | /* __builtin_args_info (N) returns word N of the arg space info |
8028 | for the current function. The number and meanings of words | |
8029 | is controlled by the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS. */ | |
8030 | case BUILT_IN_ARGS_INFO: | |
8031 | { | |
8032 | int nwords = sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) / sizeof (int); | |
8033 | int i; | |
8034 | int *word_ptr = (int *) ¤t_function_args_info; | |
8035 | tree type, elts, result; | |
bbf6f052 | 8036 | |
b93a436e JL |
8037 | if (sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) % sizeof (int) != 0) |
8038 | fatal ("CUMULATIVE_ARGS type defined badly; see %s, line %d", | |
8039 | __FILE__, __LINE__); | |
bbf6f052 | 8040 | |
b93a436e JL |
8041 | if (arglist != 0) |
8042 | { | |
8043 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8044 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) != INTEGER_CST) | |
8045 | error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' must be constant"); | |
8046 | else | |
8047 | { | |
8048 | int wordnum = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg); | |
bbf6f052 | 8049 | |
b93a436e JL |
8050 | if (wordnum < 0 || wordnum >= nwords || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg)) |
8051 | error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' out of range"); | |
8052 | else | |
8053 | return GEN_INT (word_ptr[wordnum]); | |
8054 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8055 | } |
8056 | else | |
b93a436e | 8057 | error ("missing argument in `__builtin_args_info'"); |
bbf6f052 | 8058 | |
b93a436e | 8059 | return const0_rtx; |
bbf6f052 | 8060 | |
b93a436e JL |
8061 | #if 0 |
8062 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
8063 | elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, build_int_2 (word_ptr[i], 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8064 | |
b93a436e JL |
8065 | type = build_array_type (integer_type_node, |
8066 | build_index_type (build_int_2 (nwords, 0))); | |
8067 | result = build (CONSTRUCTOR, type, NULL_TREE, nreverse (elts)); | |
8068 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
8069 | TREE_STATIC (result) = 1; | |
8070 | result = build (INDIRECT_REF, build_pointer_type (type), result); | |
8071 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
8072 | return expand_expr (result, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
8073 | #endif | |
8074 | } | |
8075 | ||
8076 | /* Return the address of the first anonymous stack arg. */ | |
8077 | case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG: | |
ca695ac9 | 8078 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8079 | tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl); |
8080 | ||
8081 | if ((TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) == 0 | |
8082 | || (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype))) | |
8083 | == void_type_node)) | |
8084 | && ! current_function_varargs) | |
8085 | { | |
8086 | error ("`va_start' used in function with fixed args"); | |
8087 | return const0_rtx; | |
8088 | } | |
8089 | ||
8090 | if (arglist) | |
8091 | { | |
8092 | tree last_parm = tree_last (DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl)); | |
8093 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8094 | ||
8095 | /* Strip off all nops for the sake of the comparison. This | |
8096 | is not quite the same as STRIP_NOPS. It does more. | |
8097 | We must also strip off INDIRECT_EXPR for C++ reference | |
8098 | parameters. */ | |
8099 | while (TREE_CODE (arg) == NOP_EXPR | |
8100 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == CONVERT_EXPR | |
8101 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
8102 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == INDIRECT_REF) | |
8103 | arg = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
8104 | if (arg != last_parm) | |
8105 | warning ("second parameter of `va_start' not last named argument"); | |
8106 | } | |
8107 | else if (! current_function_varargs) | |
8108 | /* Evidently an out of date version of <stdarg.h>; can't validate | |
8109 | va_start's second argument, but can still work as intended. */ | |
8110 | warning ("`__builtin_next_arg' called without an argument"); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8111 | } |
8112 | ||
b93a436e JL |
8113 | return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, |
8114 | current_function_internal_arg_pointer, | |
8115 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx, | |
8116 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
ca695ac9 | 8117 | |
b93a436e JL |
8118 | case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE: |
8119 | if (arglist != 0) | |
8120 | { | |
8121 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8122 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); | |
8123 | if (code == VOID_TYPE) | |
8124 | return GEN_INT (void_type_class); | |
8125 | if (code == INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8126 | return GEN_INT (integer_type_class); | |
8127 | if (code == CHAR_TYPE) | |
8128 | return GEN_INT (char_type_class); | |
8129 | if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE) | |
8130 | return GEN_INT (enumeral_type_class); | |
8131 | if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE) | |
8132 | return GEN_INT (boolean_type_class); | |
8133 | if (code == POINTER_TYPE) | |
8134 | return GEN_INT (pointer_type_class); | |
8135 | if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE) | |
8136 | return GEN_INT (reference_type_class); | |
8137 | if (code == OFFSET_TYPE) | |
8138 | return GEN_INT (offset_type_class); | |
8139 | if (code == REAL_TYPE) | |
8140 | return GEN_INT (real_type_class); | |
8141 | if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE) | |
8142 | return GEN_INT (complex_type_class); | |
8143 | if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE) | |
8144 | return GEN_INT (function_type_class); | |
8145 | if (code == METHOD_TYPE) | |
8146 | return GEN_INT (method_type_class); | |
8147 | if (code == RECORD_TYPE) | |
8148 | return GEN_INT (record_type_class); | |
8149 | if (code == UNION_TYPE || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
8150 | return GEN_INT (union_type_class); | |
8151 | if (code == ARRAY_TYPE) | |
8152 | { | |
8153 | if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)) | |
8154 | return GEN_INT (string_type_class); | |
8155 | else | |
8156 | return GEN_INT (array_type_class); | |
8157 | } | |
8158 | if (code == SET_TYPE) | |
8159 | return GEN_INT (set_type_class); | |
8160 | if (code == FILE_TYPE) | |
8161 | return GEN_INT (file_type_class); | |
8162 | if (code == LANG_TYPE) | |
8163 | return GEN_INT (lang_type_class); | |
8164 | } | |
8165 | return GEN_INT (no_type_class); | |
ca695ac9 | 8166 | |
b93a436e JL |
8167 | case BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P: |
8168 | if (arglist == 0) | |
8169 | return const0_rtx; | |
8170 | else | |
8171 | { | |
8172 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
ca695ac9 | 8173 | |
b93a436e JL |
8174 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); |
8175 | return (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (arg)) == 'c' | |
8176 | || (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
8177 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
8178 | ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
8179 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 8180 | |
b93a436e JL |
8181 | case BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS: |
8182 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
8183 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
8184 | The value is the address of that frame. */ | |
8185 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS: | |
8186 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
8187 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
8188 | The value is the return address saved in that frame. */ | |
8189 | if (arglist == 0) | |
8190 | /* Warning about missing arg was already issued. */ | |
8191 | return const0_rtx; | |
8192 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != INTEGER_CST | |
8193 | || tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) < 0) | |
8194 | { | |
8195 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8196 | error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_frame_address'"); | |
8197 | else | |
8198 | error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_return_address'"); | |
8199 | return const0_rtx; | |
8200 | } | |
8201 | else | |
8202 | { | |
8203 | rtx tem = expand_builtin_return_addr (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl), | |
8204 | TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (arglist)), | |
8205 | hard_frame_pointer_rtx); | |
ee33823f | 8206 | |
b93a436e JL |
8207 | /* Some ports cannot access arbitrary stack frames. */ |
8208 | if (tem == NULL) | |
8209 | { | |
8210 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8211 | warning ("unsupported arg to `__builtin_frame_address'"); | |
8212 | else | |
8213 | warning ("unsupported arg to `__builtin_return_address'"); | |
8214 | return const0_rtx; | |
8215 | } | |
ee33823f | 8216 | |
b93a436e JL |
8217 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ |
8218 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8219 | return tem; | |
ee33823f | 8220 | |
b93a436e JL |
8221 | if (GET_CODE (tem) != REG) |
8222 | tem = copy_to_reg (tem); | |
8223 | return tem; | |
8224 | } | |
ee33823f | 8225 | |
b93a436e JL |
8226 | /* Returns the address of the area where the structure is returned. |
8227 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
8228 | case BUILT_IN_AGGREGATE_INCOMING_ADDRESS: | |
8229 | if (arglist != 0 | |
8230 | || ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl))) | |
8231 | || GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) != MEM) | |
8232 | return const0_rtx; | |
8233 | else | |
8234 | return XEXP (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), 0); | |
ee33823f | 8235 | |
b93a436e JL |
8236 | case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA: |
8237 | if (arglist == 0 | |
8238 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8239 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8240 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8241 | |
b93a436e JL |
8242 | /* Compute the argument. */ |
8243 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8244 | |
b93a436e JL |
8245 | /* Allocate the desired space. */ |
8246 | return allocate_dynamic_stack_space (op0, target, BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
ca695ac9 | 8247 | |
b93a436e JL |
8248 | case BUILT_IN_FFS: |
8249 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8250 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8251 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8252 | |
b93a436e JL |
8253 | if (arglist == 0 |
8254 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8255 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8256 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8257 | |
b93a436e JL |
8258 | /* Compute the argument. */ |
8259 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8260 | /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible. | |
8261 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
8262 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
8263 | ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
8264 | if (target == 0) | |
8265 | abort (); | |
8266 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 | 8267 | |
b93a436e JL |
8268 | case BUILT_IN_STRLEN: |
8269 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8270 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8271 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8272 | |
b93a436e JL |
8273 | if (arglist == 0 |
8274 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8275 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8276 | break; | |
8277 | else | |
8278 | { | |
8279 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8280 | tree len = c_strlen (src); | |
bbf6f052 | 8281 | |
b93a436e JL |
8282 | int align |
8283 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
46b68a37 | 8284 | |
b93a436e JL |
8285 | rtx result, src_rtx, char_rtx; |
8286 | enum machine_mode insn_mode = value_mode, char_mode; | |
8287 | enum insn_code icode; | |
46b68a37 | 8288 | |
b93a436e JL |
8289 | /* If the length is known, just return it. */ |
8290 | if (len != 0) | |
8291 | return expand_expr (len, target, mode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
956d6950 | 8292 | |
b93a436e JL |
8293 | /* If SRC is not a pointer type, don't do this operation inline. */ |
8294 | if (align == 0) | |
8295 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8296 | |
b93a436e | 8297 | /* Call a function if we can't compute strlen in the right mode. */ |
bbf6f052 | 8298 | |
b93a436e JL |
8299 | while (insn_mode != VOIDmode) |
8300 | { | |
8301 | icode = strlen_optab->handlers[(int) insn_mode].insn_code; | |
8302 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
8303 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8304 | |
b93a436e JL |
8305 | insn_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (insn_mode); |
8306 | } | |
8307 | if (insn_mode == VOIDmode) | |
8308 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8309 | |
b93a436e JL |
8310 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ |
8311 | result = target; | |
8312 | if (! (result != 0 | |
8313 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG | |
8314 | && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
8315 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8316 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 8317 | |
b93a436e | 8318 | /* Make sure the operands are acceptable to the predicates. */ |
ca695ac9 | 8319 | |
b93a436e JL |
8320 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][0]) (result, insn_mode)) |
8321 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
8322 | src_rtx = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
8323 | expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, | |
8324 | EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8325 | |
b93a436e JL |
8326 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][1]) (src_rtx, Pmode)) |
8327 | src_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, src_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 8328 | |
b93a436e JL |
8329 | /* Check the string is readable and has an end. */ |
8330 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8331 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_str_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 2, | |
8332 | src_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8333 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RO), | |
8334 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8335 | |
b93a436e JL |
8336 | char_rtx = const0_rtx; |
8337 | char_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int)icode][2]; | |
8338 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][2]) (char_rtx, char_mode)) | |
8339 | char_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (char_mode, char_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 8340 | |
b93a436e JL |
8341 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (result, |
8342 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, src_rtx), | |
8343 | char_rtx, GEN_INT (align))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8344 | |
b93a436e JL |
8345 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ |
8346 | if (GET_MODE (result) == value_mode) | |
8347 | return result; | |
8348 | else if (target != 0) | |
8349 | { | |
8350 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
8351 | return target; | |
8352 | } | |
8353 | else | |
8354 | return convert_to_mode (value_mode, result, 0); | |
8355 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8356 | |
b93a436e JL |
8357 | case BUILT_IN_STRCPY: |
8358 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8359 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8360 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8361 | |
b93a436e JL |
8362 | if (arglist == 0 |
8363 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8364 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8365 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8366 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8367 | break; | |
8368 | else | |
8369 | { | |
8370 | tree len = c_strlen (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8371 | |
b93a436e JL |
8372 | if (len == 0) |
8373 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8374 | |
b93a436e | 8375 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, len, integer_one_node); |
6d100794 | 8376 | |
b93a436e JL |
8377 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
8378 | } | |
6d100794 | 8379 | |
b93a436e JL |
8380 | /* Drops in. */ |
8381 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY: | |
8382 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8383 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8384 | break; | |
e7c33f54 | 8385 | |
b93a436e JL |
8386 | if (arglist == 0 |
8387 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8388 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8389 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8390 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) | |
8391 | != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8392 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8393 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE | |
8394 | (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) | |
8395 | != INTEGER_TYPE)) | |
8396 | break; | |
8397 | else | |
8398 | { | |
8399 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8400 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8401 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8402 | tree type; | |
e7c33f54 | 8403 | |
b93a436e JL |
8404 | int src_align |
8405 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8406 | int dest_align | |
8407 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8408 | rtx dest_rtx, dest_mem, src_mem, src_rtx, dest_addr, len_rtx; | |
e7c33f54 | 8409 | |
b93a436e JL |
8410 | /* If either SRC or DEST is not a pointer type, don't do |
8411 | this operation in-line. */ | |
8412 | if (src_align == 0 || dest_align == 0) | |
8413 | { | |
8414 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCPY) | |
8415 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
8416 | break; | |
8417 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 8418 | |
b93a436e JL |
8419 | dest_rtx = expand_expr (dest, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM); |
8420 | dest_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8421 | memory_address (BLKmode, dest_rtx)); | |
8422 | /* There could be a void* cast on top of the object. */ | |
8423 | while (TREE_CODE (dest) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8424 | dest = TREE_OPERAND (dest, 0); | |
8425 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (dest)); | |
8426 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dest_mem) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
8427 | src_rtx = expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM); | |
8428 | src_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8429 | memory_address (BLKmode, src_rtx)); | |
8430 | len_rtx = expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 8431 | |
b93a436e JL |
8432 | /* Just copy the rights of SRC to the rights of DEST. */ |
8433 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8434 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
8435 | dest_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8436 | src_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8437 | len_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
e7c33f54 | 8438 | |
b93a436e JL |
8439 | /* There could be a void* cast on top of the object. */ |
8440 | while (TREE_CODE (src) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8441 | src = TREE_OPERAND (src, 0); | |
8442 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (src)); | |
8443 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (src_mem) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
e7c33f54 | 8444 | |
b93a436e JL |
8445 | /* Copy word part most expediently. */ |
8446 | dest_addr | |
8447 | = emit_block_move (dest_mem, src_mem, len_rtx, | |
8448 | MIN (src_align, dest_align)); | |
e7c33f54 | 8449 | |
b93a436e JL |
8450 | if (dest_addr == 0) |
8451 | dest_addr = force_operand (dest_rtx, NULL_RTX); | |
e7c33f54 | 8452 | |
b93a436e JL |
8453 | return dest_addr; |
8454 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 8455 | |
b93a436e JL |
8456 | case BUILT_IN_MEMSET: |
8457 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8458 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8459 | break; | |
e7c33f54 | 8460 | |
b93a436e JL |
8461 | if (arglist == 0 |
8462 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8463 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8464 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8465 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) | |
8466 | != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8467 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8468 | || (INTEGER_TYPE | |
8469 | != (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE | |
8470 | (TREE_VALUE | |
8471 | (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))))))) | |
8472 | break; | |
8473 | else | |
8474 | { | |
8475 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8476 | tree val = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8477 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8478 | tree type; | |
e7c33f54 | 8479 | |
b93a436e JL |
8480 | int dest_align |
8481 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8482 | rtx dest_rtx, dest_mem, dest_addr, len_rtx; | |
e7c33f54 | 8483 | |
b93a436e JL |
8484 | /* If DEST is not a pointer type, don't do this |
8485 | operation in-line. */ | |
8486 | if (dest_align == 0) | |
8487 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8488 | |
b93a436e JL |
8489 | /* If VAL is not 0, don't do this operation in-line. */ |
8490 | if (expand_expr (val, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0) != const0_rtx) | |
8491 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8492 | |
b93a436e JL |
8493 | /* If LEN does not expand to a constant, don't do this |
8494 | operation in-line. */ | |
8495 | len_rtx = expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8496 | if (GET_CODE (len_rtx) != CONST_INT) | |
8497 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8498 | |
b93a436e JL |
8499 | dest_rtx = expand_expr (dest, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM); |
8500 | dest_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8501 | memory_address (BLKmode, dest_rtx)); | |
8502 | ||
8503 | /* Just check DST is writable and mark it as readable. */ | |
8504 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8505 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
8506 | dest_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8507 | len_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
8508 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), | |
8509 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8510 | |
b93a436e JL |
8511 | /* There could be a void* cast on top of the object. */ |
8512 | while (TREE_CODE (dest) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8513 | dest = TREE_OPERAND (dest, 0); | |
8514 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (dest)); | |
8515 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dest_mem) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
bbf6f052 | 8516 | |
b93a436e | 8517 | dest_addr = clear_storage (dest_mem, len_rtx, dest_align); |
bbf6f052 | 8518 | |
b93a436e JL |
8519 | if (dest_addr == 0) |
8520 | dest_addr = force_operand (dest_rtx, NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 | 8521 | |
b93a436e JL |
8522 | return dest_addr; |
8523 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8524 | |
b93a436e JL |
8525 | /* These comparison functions need an instruction that returns an actual |
8526 | index. An ordinary compare that just sets the condition codes | |
8527 | is not enough. */ | |
8528 | #ifdef HAVE_cmpstrsi | |
8529 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
8530 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8531 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8532 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8533 | |
b93a436e JL |
8534 | /* If we need to check memory accesses, call the library function. */ |
8535 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8536 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8537 | |
b93a436e JL |
8538 | if (arglist == 0 |
8539 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8540 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8541 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8542 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8543 | break; | |
8544 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
8545 | break; | |
8546 | { | |
8547 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8548 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8549 | tree offset; | |
8550 | tree len, len2; | |
a97f5a86 | 8551 | |
b93a436e JL |
8552 | len = c_strlen (arg1); |
8553 | if (len) | |
8554 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len); | |
8555 | len2 = c_strlen (arg2); | |
8556 | if (len2) | |
8557 | len2 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len2); | |
e9cdf6e4 | 8558 | |
b93a436e JL |
8559 | /* If we don't have a constant length for the first, use the length |
8560 | of the second, if we know it. We don't require a constant for | |
8561 | this case; some cost analysis could be done if both are available | |
8562 | but neither is constant. For now, assume they're equally cheap. | |
e9cdf6e4 | 8563 | |
b93a436e JL |
8564 | If both strings have constant lengths, use the smaller. This |
8565 | could arise if optimization results in strcpy being called with | |
8566 | two fixed strings, or if the code was machine-generated. We should | |
8567 | add some code to the `memcmp' handler below to deal with such | |
8568 | situations, someday. */ | |
8569 | if (!len || TREE_CODE (len) != INTEGER_CST) | |
8570 | { | |
8571 | if (len2) | |
8572 | len = len2; | |
8573 | else if (len == 0) | |
8574 | break; | |
8575 | } | |
8576 | else if (len2 && TREE_CODE (len2) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8577 | { | |
8578 | if (tree_int_cst_lt (len2, len)) | |
8579 | len = len2; | |
8580 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8581 | |
b93a436e JL |
8582 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
8583 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8584 | |
b93a436e JL |
8585 | /* Drops in. */ |
8586 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
8587 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8588 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8589 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8590 | |
b93a436e JL |
8591 | /* If we need to check memory accesses, call the library function. */ |
8592 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8593 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8594 | |
b93a436e JL |
8595 | if (arglist == 0 |
8596 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8597 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8598 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8599 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8600 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8601 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8602 | break; | |
8603 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
8604 | break; | |
8605 | { | |
8606 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8607 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8608 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8609 | rtx result; | |
0842a179 | 8610 | |
b93a436e JL |
8611 | int arg1_align |
8612 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg1, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8613 | int arg2_align | |
8614 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg2, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8615 | enum machine_mode insn_mode | |
8616 | = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrsi][0]; | |
0842a179 | 8617 | |
b93a436e JL |
8618 | /* If we don't have POINTER_TYPE, call the function. */ |
8619 | if (arg1_align == 0 || arg2_align == 0) | |
8620 | { | |
8621 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCMP) | |
8622 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
8623 | break; | |
8624 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8625 | |
b93a436e JL |
8626 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ |
8627 | result = target; | |
8628 | if (! (result != 0 | |
8629 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
8630 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8631 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 8632 | |
b93a436e JL |
8633 | emit_insn (gen_cmpstrsi (result, |
8634 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8635 | expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, | |
8636 | ptr_mode, | |
8637 | EXPAND_NORMAL)), | |
8638 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8639 | expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, | |
8640 | ptr_mode, | |
8641 | EXPAND_NORMAL)), | |
8642 | expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), | |
8643 | GEN_INT (MIN (arg1_align, arg2_align)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8644 | |
b93a436e JL |
8645 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ |
8646 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
8647 | if (GET_MODE (result) == mode) | |
8648 | return result; | |
8649 | else if (target != 0) | |
8650 | { | |
8651 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
8652 | return target; | |
8653 | } | |
8654 | else | |
8655 | return convert_to_mode (mode, result, 0); | |
8656 | } | |
8657 | #else | |
8658 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
8659 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
8660 | break; | |
8661 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 8662 | |
b93a436e JL |
8663 | case BUILT_IN_SETJMP: |
8664 | if (arglist == 0 | |
8665 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8666 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8667 | |
b93a436e JL |
8668 | { |
8669 | rtx buf_addr = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, | |
8670 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
8671 | return expand_builtin_setjmp (buf_addr, target); | |
8672 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8673 | |
b93a436e JL |
8674 | /* __builtin_longjmp is passed a pointer to an array of five words |
8675 | and a value, which is a dummy. It's similar to the C library longjmp | |
8676 | function but works with __builtin_setjmp above. */ | |
8677 | case BUILT_IN_LONGJMP: | |
8678 | if (arglist == 0 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8679 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8680 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8681 | |
b93a436e JL |
8682 | { |
8683 | tree dummy_id = get_identifier ("__dummy"); | |
8684 | tree dummy_type = build_function_type (void_type_node, NULL_TREE); | |
8685 | tree dummy_decl = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, dummy_id, dummy_type); | |
8686 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
8687 | rtx buf_addr | |
8688 | = force_reg (Pmode, | |
8689 | convert_memory_address | |
8690 | (Pmode, | |
8691 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
8692 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0))); | |
8693 | #else | |
8694 | rtx buf_addr | |
8695 | = force_reg (Pmode, expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
8696 | NULL_RTX, | |
8697 | VOIDmode, 0)); | |
8698 | #endif | |
8699 | rtx fp = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
8700 | rtx lab = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, | |
8701 | plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
8702 | GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
8703 | enum machine_mode sa_mode | |
8704 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
8705 | = (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
8706 | ? insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_save_stack_nonlocal][0] | |
8707 | : Pmode); | |
8708 | #else | |
8709 | = Pmode; | |
8710 | #endif | |
8711 | rtx stack = gen_rtx_MEM (sa_mode, | |
8712 | plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
8713 | 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8714 | |
b93a436e JL |
8715 | DECL_EXTERNAL (dummy_decl) = 1; |
8716 | TREE_PUBLIC (dummy_decl) = 1; | |
8717 | make_decl_rtl (dummy_decl, NULL_PTR, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 8718 | |
b93a436e JL |
8719 | /* Expand the second expression just for side-effects. */ |
8720 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)), | |
8721 | const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8722 | |
b93a436e | 8723 | assemble_external (dummy_decl); |
bbf6f052 | 8724 | |
b93a436e JL |
8725 | /* Pick up FP, label, and SP from the block and jump. This code is |
8726 | from expand_goto in stmt.c; see there for detailed comments. */ | |
8727 | #if HAVE_nonlocal_goto | |
8728 | if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto) | |
8729 | emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto (fp, lab, stack, | |
8730 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (dummy_decl), 0))); | |
8731 | else | |
8732 | #endif | |
8733 | { | |
8734 | lab = copy_to_reg (lab); | |
8735 | emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, fp); | |
8736 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_NONLOCAL, stack, NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 | 8737 | |
b93a436e JL |
8738 | /* Put in the static chain register the address of the dummy |
8739 | function. */ | |
8740 | emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, XEXP (DECL_RTL (dummy_decl), 0)); | |
8741 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); | |
8742 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx)); | |
8743 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx)); | |
8744 | emit_indirect_jump (lab); | |
8745 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8746 | |
b93a436e | 8747 | return const0_rtx; |
ca695ac9 | 8748 | } |
904762c8 | 8749 | |
b93a436e JL |
8750 | /* Various hooks for the DWARF 2 __throw routine. */ |
8751 | case BUILT_IN_UNWIND_INIT: | |
8752 | expand_builtin_unwind_init (); | |
8753 | return const0_rtx; | |
8754 | case BUILT_IN_FP: | |
8755 | return frame_pointer_rtx; | |
8756 | case BUILT_IN_SP: | |
8757 | return stack_pointer_rtx; | |
8758 | #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO | |
8759 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_FP_REGNUM: | |
8760 | return expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum (); | |
8761 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_REG_SIZE: | |
8762 | return expand_builtin_dwarf_reg_size (TREE_VALUE (arglist), target); | |
fb2ca25a | 8763 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
8764 | case BUILT_IN_FROB_RETURN_ADDR: |
8765 | return expand_builtin_frob_return_addr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8766 | case BUILT_IN_EXTRACT_RETURN_ADDR: | |
8767 | return expand_builtin_extract_return_addr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8768 | case BUILT_IN_SET_RETURN_ADDR_REG: | |
8769 | expand_builtin_set_return_addr_reg (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8770 | return const0_rtx; | |
8771 | case BUILT_IN_EH_STUB: | |
8772 | return expand_builtin_eh_stub (); | |
8773 | case BUILT_IN_SET_EH_REGS: | |
8774 | expand_builtin_set_eh_regs (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
8775 | TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8776 | return const0_rtx; | |
ca695ac9 | 8777 | |
b93a436e JL |
8778 | default: /* just do library call, if unknown builtin */ |
8779 | error ("built-in function `%s' not currently supported", | |
8780 | IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl))); | |
ca695ac9 | 8781 | } |
0006469d | 8782 | |
b93a436e JL |
8783 | /* The switch statement above can drop through to cause the function |
8784 | to be called normally. */ | |
0006469d | 8785 | |
b93a436e | 8786 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
ca695ac9 | 8787 | } |
b93a436e JL |
8788 | \f |
8789 | /* Built-in functions to perform an untyped call and return. */ | |
0006469d | 8790 | |
b93a436e JL |
8791 | /* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this |
8792 | gives a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates | |
8793 | the register is not used for calling a function. If the machine | |
8794 | has register windows, this gives only the outbound registers. | |
8795 | INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */ | |
8796 | static enum machine_mode apply_args_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
0006469d | 8797 | |
b93a436e JL |
8798 | /* For each register that may be used for returning values, this gives |
8799 | a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates the | |
8800 | register is not used for returning values. If the machine has | |
8801 | register windows, this gives only the outbound registers. | |
8802 | INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */ | |
8803 | static enum machine_mode apply_result_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
0006469d | 8804 | |
b93a436e JL |
8805 | /* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this |
8806 | gives the offset of that register into the block returned by | |
8807 | __builtin_apply_args. 0 indicates that the register is not | |
8808 | used for calling a function. */ | |
8809 | static int apply_args_reg_offset[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
8810 | ||
8811 | /* Return the offset of register REGNO into the block returned by | |
8812 | __builtin_apply_args. This is not declared static, since it is | |
8813 | needed in objc-act.c. */ | |
0006469d | 8814 | |
b93a436e JL |
8815 | int |
8816 | apply_args_register_offset (regno) | |
8817 | int regno; | |
8818 | { | |
8819 | apply_args_size (); | |
0006469d | 8820 | |
b93a436e JL |
8821 | /* Arguments are always put in outgoing registers (in the argument |
8822 | block) if such make sense. */ | |
8823 | #ifdef OUTGOING_REGNO | |
8824 | regno = OUTGOING_REGNO(regno); | |
8825 | #endif | |
8826 | return apply_args_reg_offset[regno]; | |
8827 | } | |
904762c8 | 8828 | |
b93a436e JL |
8829 | /* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply_args, |
8830 | and initialize apply_args_mode. */ | |
8831 | ||
8832 | static int | |
8833 | apply_args_size () | |
0006469d | 8834 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8835 | static int size = -1; |
8836 | int align, regno; | |
2f6e6d22 | 8837 | enum machine_mode mode; |
0006469d | 8838 | |
b93a436e JL |
8839 | /* The values computed by this function never change. */ |
8840 | if (size < 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 8841 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8842 | /* The first value is the incoming arg-pointer. */ |
8843 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 8844 | |
b93a436e JL |
8845 | /* The second value is the structure value address unless this is |
8846 | passed as an "invisible" first argument. */ | |
8847 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
8848 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 8849 | |
b93a436e JL |
8850 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) |
8851 | if (FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
8852 | { | |
8853 | /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's | |
8854 | value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */ | |
8855 | enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode; | |
0006469d | 8856 | |
b93a436e JL |
8857 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
8858 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
8859 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8860 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
8861 | && HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) == 1) | |
8862 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8863 | |
b93a436e JL |
8864 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) |
8865 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); | |
8866 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
8867 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8868 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
8869 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code | |
8870 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
8871 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8872 | |
b93a436e JL |
8873 | mode = best_mode; |
8874 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
8875 | abort (); | |
904762c8 | 8876 | |
b93a436e JL |
8877 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
8878 | if (size % align != 0) | |
8879 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
8880 | apply_args_reg_offset[regno] = size; | |
8881 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
8882 | apply_args_mode[regno] = mode; | |
8883 | } | |
8884 | else | |
8885 | { | |
8886 | apply_args_mode[regno] = VOIDmode; | |
8887 | apply_args_reg_offset[regno] = 0; | |
8888 | } | |
8889 | } | |
8890 | return size; | |
8891 | } | |
0006469d | 8892 | |
b93a436e JL |
8893 | /* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply, |
8894 | and initialize apply_result_mode. */ | |
904762c8 | 8895 | |
b93a436e JL |
8896 | static int |
8897 | apply_result_size () | |
8898 | { | |
8899 | static int size = -1; | |
8900 | int align, regno; | |
8901 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
0006469d | 8902 | |
b93a436e JL |
8903 | /* The values computed by this function never change. */ |
8904 | if (size < 0) | |
8905 | { | |
8906 | size = 0; | |
0006469d | 8907 | |
b93a436e JL |
8908 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) |
8909 | if (FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
8910 | { | |
8911 | /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's | |
8912 | value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */ | |
8913 | enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode; | |
0006469d | 8914 | |
b93a436e JL |
8915 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
8916 | mode != TImode; | |
8917 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8918 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
8919 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8920 | |
b93a436e JL |
8921 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) |
8922 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); | |
8923 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
8924 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8925 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
8926 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code | |
8927 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
8928 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8929 | |
b93a436e JL |
8930 | mode = best_mode; |
8931 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
8932 | abort (); | |
8933 | ||
8934 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8935 | if (size % align != 0) | |
8936 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
8937 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
8938 | apply_result_mode[regno] = mode; | |
8939 | } | |
8940 | else | |
8941 | apply_result_mode[regno] = VOIDmode; | |
8942 | ||
8943 | /* Allow targets that use untyped_call and untyped_return to override | |
8944 | the size so that machine-specific information can be stored here. */ | |
8945 | #ifdef APPLY_RESULT_SIZE | |
8946 | size = APPLY_RESULT_SIZE; | |
8947 | #endif | |
8948 | } | |
8949 | return size; | |
8950 | } | |
0006469d | 8951 | |
b93a436e JL |
8952 | #if defined (HAVE_untyped_call) || defined (HAVE_untyped_return) |
8953 | /* Create a vector describing the result block RESULT. If SAVEP is true, | |
8954 | the result block is used to save the values; otherwise it is used to | |
8955 | restore the values. */ | |
8956 | ||
8957 | static rtx | |
8958 | result_vector (savep, result) | |
8959 | int savep; | |
8960 | rtx result; | |
8961 | { | |
8962 | int regno, size, align, nelts; | |
8963 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
8964 | rtx reg, mem; | |
8965 | rtx *savevec = (rtx *) alloca (FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (rtx)); | |
8966 | ||
8967 | size = nelts = 0; | |
8968 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
8969 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
8970 | { | |
8971 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8972 | if (size % align != 0) | |
8973 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
8974 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, savep ? regno : INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); | |
8975 | mem = change_address (result, mode, | |
8976 | plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), size)); | |
8977 | savevec[nelts++] = (savep | |
8978 | ? gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, reg) | |
8979 | : gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, mem)); | |
8980 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 8981 | } |
b93a436e JL |
8982 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec_v (nelts, savevec)); |
8983 | } | |
8984 | #endif /* HAVE_untyped_call or HAVE_untyped_return */ | |
0006469d | 8985 | |
b93a436e JL |
8986 | /* Save the state required to perform an untyped call with the same |
8987 | arguments as were passed to the current function. */ | |
904762c8 | 8988 | |
b93a436e JL |
8989 | static rtx |
8990 | expand_builtin_apply_args () | |
8991 | { | |
8992 | rtx registers; | |
8993 | int size, align, regno; | |
8994 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
0006469d | 8995 | |
b93a436e JL |
8996 | /* Create a block where the arg-pointer, structure value address, |
8997 | and argument registers can be saved. */ | |
8998 | registers = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_args_size (), -1); | |
0cb1d109 | 8999 | |
b93a436e JL |
9000 | /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */ |
9001 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9002 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
9003 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0cb1d109 | 9004 | |
b93a436e JL |
9005 | /* Save each register used in calling a function to the block. */ |
9006 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9007 | if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9008 | { | |
9009 | rtx tem; | |
0cb1d109 | 9010 | |
b93a436e JL |
9011 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
9012 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9013 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
0006469d | 9014 | |
b93a436e | 9015 | tem = gen_rtx_REG (mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); |
0e8c9172 | 9016 | |
b93a436e JL |
9017 | #ifdef STACK_REGS |
9018 | /* For reg-stack.c's stack register household. | |
9019 | Compare with a similar piece of code in function.c. */ | |
0006469d | 9020 | |
b93a436e JL |
9021 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (mode, tem)); |
9022 | #endif | |
0e8c9172 | 9023 | |
b93a436e JL |
9024 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, mode, |
9025 | plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0), | |
9026 | size)), | |
9027 | tem); | |
9028 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
0e8c9172 | 9029 | } |
0006469d | 9030 | |
b93a436e JL |
9031 | /* Save the arg pointer to the block. */ |
9032 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, XEXP (registers, 0)), | |
9033 | copy_to_reg (virtual_incoming_args_rtx)); | |
9034 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 9035 | |
b93a436e JL |
9036 | /* Save the structure value address unless this is passed as an |
9037 | "invisible" first argument. */ | |
9038 | if (struct_value_incoming_rtx) | |
9039 | { | |
9040 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, | |
9041 | plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0), | |
9042 | size)), | |
9043 | copy_to_reg (struct_value_incoming_rtx)); | |
9044 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9045 | } | |
0006469d | 9046 | |
b93a436e JL |
9047 | /* Return the address of the block. */ |
9048 | return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (registers, 0)); | |
9049 | } | |
0006469d | 9050 | |
b93a436e JL |
9051 | /* Perform an untyped call and save the state required to perform an |
9052 | untyped return of whatever value was returned by the given function. */ | |
0006469d | 9053 | |
b93a436e JL |
9054 | static rtx |
9055 | expand_builtin_apply (function, arguments, argsize) | |
9056 | rtx function, arguments, argsize; | |
9057 | { | |
9058 | int size, align, regno; | |
9059 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9060 | rtx incoming_args, result, reg, dest, call_insn; | |
9061 | rtx old_stack_level = 0; | |
9062 | rtx call_fusage = 0; | |
0006469d | 9063 | |
b93a436e JL |
9064 | /* Create a block where the return registers can be saved. */ |
9065 | result = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_result_size (), -1); | |
9066 | ||
9067 | /* ??? The argsize value should be adjusted here. */ | |
9068 | ||
9069 | /* Fetch the arg pointer from the ARGUMENTS block. */ | |
9070 | incoming_args = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
9071 | emit_move_insn (incoming_args, | |
9072 | gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, arguments)); | |
9073 | #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
9074 | incoming_args = expand_binop (Pmode, sub_optab, incoming_args, argsize, | |
9075 | incoming_args, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9076 | #endif | |
9077 | ||
9078 | /* Perform postincrements before actually calling the function. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9079 | emit_queue (); |
0006469d | 9080 | |
b93a436e JL |
9081 | /* Push a new argument block and copy the arguments. */ |
9082 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
0006469d | 9083 | |
b93a436e JL |
9084 | /* Save the stack with nonlocal if available */ |
9085 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
9086 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
9087 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
9088 | else | |
9089 | #endif | |
9090 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_BLOCK, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
0006469d | 9091 | |
b93a436e JL |
9092 | /* Push a block of memory onto the stack to store the memory arguments. |
9093 | Save the address in a register, and copy the memory arguments. ??? I | |
9094 | haven't figured out how the calling convention macros effect this, | |
9095 | but it's likely that the source and/or destination addresses in | |
9096 | the block copy will need updating in machine specific ways. */ | |
9097 | dest = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (argsize, 0, 0); | |
9098 | emit_block_move (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, dest), | |
9099 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, incoming_args), | |
9100 | argsize, | |
9101 | PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9102 | ||
9103 | /* Refer to the argument block. */ | |
9104 | apply_args_size (); | |
9105 | arguments = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, arguments); | |
9106 | ||
9107 | /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */ | |
9108 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9109 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
9110 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9111 | ||
9112 | /* Restore each of the registers previously saved. Make USE insns | |
9113 | for each of these registers for use in making the call. */ | |
9114 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9115 | if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9116 | { | |
9117 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9118 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9119 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9120 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); | |
9121 | emit_move_insn (reg, | |
9122 | change_address (arguments, mode, | |
9123 | plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0), | |
9124 | size))); | |
9125 | ||
9126 | use_reg (&call_fusage, reg); | |
9127 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9128 | } | |
9129 | ||
9130 | /* Restore the structure value address unless this is passed as an | |
9131 | "invisible" first argument. */ | |
9132 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9133 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
0006469d | 9134 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9135 | rtx value = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); |
9136 | emit_move_insn (value, | |
9137 | change_address (arguments, Pmode, | |
9138 | plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0), | |
9139 | size))); | |
9140 | emit_move_insn (struct_value_rtx, value); | |
9141 | if (GET_CODE (struct_value_rtx) == REG) | |
9142 | use_reg (&call_fusage, struct_value_rtx); | |
9143 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
ca695ac9 | 9144 | } |
0006469d | 9145 | |
b93a436e JL |
9146 | /* All arguments and registers used for the call are set up by now! */ |
9147 | function = prepare_call_address (function, NULL_TREE, &call_fusage, 0); | |
0006469d | 9148 | |
b93a436e JL |
9149 | /* Ensure address is valid. SYMBOL_REF is already valid, so no need, |
9150 | and we don't want to load it into a register as an optimization, | |
9151 | because prepare_call_address already did it if it should be done. */ | |
9152 | if (GET_CODE (function) != SYMBOL_REF) | |
9153 | function = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, function); | |
0006469d | 9154 | |
b93a436e JL |
9155 | /* Generate the actual call instruction and save the return value. */ |
9156 | #ifdef HAVE_untyped_call | |
9157 | if (HAVE_untyped_call) | |
9158 | emit_call_insn (gen_untyped_call (gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, function), | |
9159 | result, result_vector (1, result))); | |
9160 | else | |
9161 | #endif | |
9162 | #ifdef HAVE_call_value | |
9163 | if (HAVE_call_value) | |
ca695ac9 | 9164 | { |
b93a436e | 9165 | rtx valreg = 0; |
0006469d | 9166 | |
b93a436e JL |
9167 | /* Locate the unique return register. It is not possible to |
9168 | express a call that sets more than one return register using | |
9169 | call_value; use untyped_call for that. In fact, untyped_call | |
9170 | only needs to save the return registers in the given block. */ | |
9171 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9172 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9173 | { | |
9174 | if (valreg) | |
9175 | abort (); /* HAVE_untyped_call required. */ | |
9176 | valreg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); | |
9177 | } | |
0006469d | 9178 | |
b93a436e JL |
9179 | emit_call_insn (gen_call_value (valreg, |
9180 | gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, function), | |
9181 | const0_rtx, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx)); | |
0006469d | 9182 | |
b93a436e JL |
9183 | emit_move_insn (change_address (result, GET_MODE (valreg), |
9184 | XEXP (result, 0)), | |
9185 | valreg); | |
ca695ac9 | 9186 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9187 | else |
9188 | #endif | |
9189 | abort (); | |
0006469d | 9190 | |
b93a436e JL |
9191 | /* Find the CALL insn we just emitted. */ |
9192 | for (call_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
9193 | call_insn && GET_CODE (call_insn) != CALL_INSN; | |
9194 | call_insn = PREV_INSN (call_insn)) | |
9195 | ; | |
0006469d | 9196 | |
b93a436e JL |
9197 | if (! call_insn) |
9198 | abort (); | |
0006469d | 9199 | |
b93a436e JL |
9200 | /* Put the register usage information on the CALL. If there is already |
9201 | some usage information, put ours at the end. */ | |
9202 | if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn)) | |
0006469d | 9203 | { |
b93a436e | 9204 | rtx link; |
0006469d | 9205 | |
b93a436e JL |
9206 | for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn); XEXP (link, 1) != 0; |
9207 | link = XEXP (link, 1)) | |
9208 | ; | |
9209 | ||
9210 | XEXP (link, 1) = call_fusage; | |
ca695ac9 | 9211 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9212 | else |
9213 | CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn) = call_fusage; | |
0006469d | 9214 | |
b93a436e JL |
9215 | /* Restore the stack. */ |
9216 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
9217 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
9218 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_NONLOCAL, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
9219 | else | |
9220 | #endif | |
9221 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_BLOCK, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
9222 | ||
9223 | /* Return the address of the result block. */ | |
9224 | return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (result, 0)); | |
0006469d | 9225 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9226 | |
b93a436e | 9227 | /* Perform an untyped return. */ |
ca695ac9 JB |
9228 | |
9229 | static void | |
b93a436e JL |
9230 | expand_builtin_return (result) |
9231 | rtx result; | |
bbf6f052 | 9232 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9233 | int size, align, regno; |
9234 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9235 | rtx reg; | |
9236 | rtx call_fusage = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9237 | |
b93a436e JL |
9238 | apply_result_size (); |
9239 | result = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, result); | |
bbf6f052 | 9240 | |
b93a436e JL |
9241 | #ifdef HAVE_untyped_return |
9242 | if (HAVE_untyped_return) | |
ca695ac9 | 9243 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9244 | emit_jump_insn (gen_untyped_return (result, result_vector (0, result))); |
9245 | emit_barrier (); | |
9246 | return; | |
ca695ac9 | 9247 | } |
b93a436e | 9248 | #endif |
1499e0a8 | 9249 | |
b93a436e JL |
9250 | /* Restore the return value and note that each value is used. */ |
9251 | size = 0; | |
9252 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9253 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9254 | { | |
9255 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9256 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9257 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9258 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); | |
9259 | emit_move_insn (reg, | |
9260 | change_address (result, mode, | |
9261 | plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), | |
9262 | size))); | |
9263 | ||
9264 | push_to_sequence (call_fusage); | |
9265 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg)); | |
9266 | call_fusage = get_insns (); | |
9267 | end_sequence (); | |
9268 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9269 | } | |
9270 | ||
9271 | /* Put the USE insns before the return. */ | |
9272 | emit_insns (call_fusage); | |
9273 | ||
9274 | /* Return whatever values was restored by jumping directly to the end | |
9275 | of the function. */ | |
9276 | expand_null_return (); | |
ca695ac9 JB |
9277 | } |
9278 | \f | |
b93a436e JL |
9279 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement |
9280 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
9281 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
1499e0a8 | 9282 | |
b93a436e JL |
9283 | static rtx |
9284 | expand_increment (exp, post, ignore) | |
9285 | register tree exp; | |
9286 | int post, ignore; | |
ca695ac9 | 9287 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9288 | register rtx op0, op1; |
9289 | register rtx temp, value; | |
9290 | register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9291 | optab this_optab = add_optab; | |
9292 | int icode; | |
9293 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9294 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
9295 | int single_insn = 0; | |
9296 | /* 1 means we can't store into OP0 directly, | |
9297 | because it is a subreg narrower than a word, | |
9298 | and we don't dare clobber the rest of the word. */ | |
9299 | int bad_subreg = 0; | |
1499e0a8 | 9300 | |
b93a436e JL |
9301 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be |
9302 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
9303 | if (!post | |
9304 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9305 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9306 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
9307 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
9308 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
9309 | /* Nested *INCREMENT_EXPRs can happen in C++. We must force innermost | |
9310 | ones into save exprs so that they don't accidentally get evaluated | |
9311 | more than once by the code below. */ | |
9312 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREINCREMENT_EXPR | |
9313 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9314 | incremented = save_expr (incremented); | |
e9a25f70 | 9315 | |
b93a436e JL |
9316 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. |
9317 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
9318 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg | |
9319 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 9320 | |
b93a436e JL |
9321 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
9322 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW); | |
e9a25f70 | 9323 | |
b93a436e JL |
9324 | /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment |
9325 | in place but instead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment, | |
9326 | so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as | |
9327 | a copy. | |
e9a25f70 | 9328 | |
b93a436e JL |
9329 | Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be |
9330 | shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */ | |
9331 | ||
9332 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0)) | |
9333 | { | |
9334 | if (post) | |
9335 | SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
9336 | else | |
9337 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
9338 | } | |
9339 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
9340 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
9341 | { | |
9342 | /* We cannot increment this SUBREG in place. If we are | |
9343 | post-incrementing, get a copy of the old value. Otherwise, | |
9344 | just mark that we cannot increment in place. */ | |
9345 | if (post) | |
9346 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9347 | else | |
9348 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
9349 | } |
9350 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9351 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
9352 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
9353 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
9354 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
1499e0a8 | 9355 | |
b93a436e JL |
9356 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ |
9357 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9358 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9359 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
9360 | ||
9361 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
9362 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
9363 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
ca695ac9 | 9364 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9365 | op1 = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (op1)); |
9366 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
ca695ac9 | 9367 | } |
1499e0a8 | 9368 | |
b93a436e JL |
9369 | /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */ |
9370 | if (!post) | |
9371 | { | |
9372 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
9373 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9374 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9375 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
9376 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
9377 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode) | |
9378 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
9379 | single_insn = 1; | |
9380 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9381 | |
b93a436e JL |
9382 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, |
9383 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to | |
9384 | increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return | |
9385 | OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here | |
9386 | unless we can do it with a single insn. | |
bbf6f052 | 9387 | |
b93a436e JL |
9388 | Likewise if storing directly into OP0 would clobber high bits |
9389 | we need to preserve (bad_subreg). */ | |
9390 | if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn) || bad_subreg) | |
a358cee0 | 9391 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9392 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. |
9393 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented | |
9394 | because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement, | |
9395 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
9396 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
9397 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
9398 | tree newexp = build (((TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9399 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9400 | ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR), | |
9401 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9402 | incremented, | |
9403 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
a358cee0 | 9404 | |
b93a436e JL |
9405 | while (TREE_CODE (incremented) == NOP_EXPR |
9406 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9407 | { | |
9408 | newexp = convert (TREE_TYPE (incremented), newexp); | |
9409 | incremented = TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0); | |
9410 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9411 | |
b93a436e JL |
9412 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post && ! ignore , 0); |
9413 | return post ? op0 : temp; | |
9414 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9415 | |
b93a436e JL |
9416 | if (post) |
9417 | { | |
9418 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
9419 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. | |
9420 | Queueing the increment insn avoids the register shuffling | |
9421 | that often results if we must increment now and first save | |
9422 | the old value for subsequent use. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9423 | |
b93a436e JL |
9424 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ |
9425 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
9426 | #endif | |
41dfd40c | 9427 | |
b93a436e JL |
9428 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; |
9429 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9430 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9431 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
9432 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
9433 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode)) | |
9434 | { | |
9435 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
9436 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
bbf6f052 | 9437 | |
b93a436e JL |
9438 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); |
9439 | } | |
9440 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
9441 | { | |
9442 | rtx addr = (general_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), mode) | |
9443 | ? force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0)) | |
9444 | : copy_to_reg (XEXP (op0, 0))); | |
9445 | rtx temp, result; | |
ca695ac9 | 9446 | |
b93a436e JL |
9447 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, addr); |
9448 | temp = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); | |
9449 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
9450 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
ca695ac9 | 9451 | |
b93a436e JL |
9452 | /* The increment queue is LIFO, thus we have to `queue' |
9453 | the instructions in reverse order. */ | |
9454 | enqueue_insn (op0, gen_move_insn (op0, temp)); | |
9455 | result = enqueue_insn (temp, GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, temp, op1)); | |
9456 | return result; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9457 | } |
9458 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9459 | |
b93a436e JL |
9460 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ |
9461 | if (post) | |
9462 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
9463 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9464 | else | |
9465 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
9466 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
9467 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
9468 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
9469 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9470 | |
b93a436e JL |
9471 | /* Increment however we can. */ |
9472 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, | |
9473 | flag_check_memory_usage ? NULL_RTX : op0, | |
9474 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9475 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ | |
9476 | if (op1 != op0) | |
9477 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5718612f | 9478 | |
b93a436e JL |
9479 | return temp; |
9480 | } | |
9481 | \f | |
9482 | /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first. | |
9483 | But don't look within expressions that have sequence points. | |
9484 | For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value | |
9485 | in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field. */ | |
5718612f | 9486 | |
b93a436e JL |
9487 | static void |
9488 | preexpand_calls (exp) | |
9489 | tree exp; | |
9490 | { | |
9491 | register int nops, i; | |
9492 | int type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)); | |
5718612f | 9493 | |
b93a436e JL |
9494 | if (! do_preexpand_calls) |
9495 | return; | |
5718612f | 9496 | |
b93a436e | 9497 | /* Only expressions and references can contain calls. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9498 | |
b93a436e JL |
9499 | if (type != 'e' && type != '<' && type != '1' && type != '2' && type != 'r') |
9500 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9501 | |
b93a436e JL |
9502 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
9503 | { | |
9504 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
9505 | /* Do nothing if already expanded. */ | |
9506 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0 | |
9507 | /* Do nothing if the call returns a variable-sized object. */ | |
9508 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE(exp))) != INTEGER_CST | |
9509 | /* Do nothing to built-in functions. */ | |
9510 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9511 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
9512 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
9513 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
9514 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9515 | |
b93a436e JL |
9516 | CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, NULL_RTX, 0); |
9517 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9518 | |
b93a436e JL |
9519 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
9520 | case COND_EXPR: | |
9521 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
9522 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
9523 | /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure | |
9524 | the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps). | |
9525 | Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument | |
9526 | of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment | |
9527 | after some other args have already been pushed. */ | |
9528 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9529 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9530 | |
b93a436e JL |
9531 | case BLOCK: |
9532 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
9533 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
9534 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: | |
9535 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: | |
9536 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9537 | |
b93a436e JL |
9538 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
9539 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
9540 | return; | |
9541 | ||
9542 | default: | |
9543 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9544 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9545 | |
b93a436e JL |
9546 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; |
9547 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
9548 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0) | |
9549 | { | |
9550 | type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))); | |
9551 | if (type == 'e' || type == '<' || type == '1' || type == '2' | |
9552 | || type == 'r') | |
9553 | preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)); | |
9554 | } | |
9555 | } | |
9556 | \f | |
9557 | /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed | |
9558 | arguments waiting to be popped. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9559 | |
b93a436e JL |
9560 | void |
9561 | init_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9562 | { | |
9563 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
9564 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9565 | |
b93a436e JL |
9566 | /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust |
9567 | so the adjustment won't get done. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9568 | |
b93a436e JL |
9569 | void |
9570 | clear_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9571 | { | |
9572 | #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
9573 | if (optimize > 0 | |
9574 | && ! flag_omit_frame_pointer && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
9575 | && ! (DECL_INLINE (current_function_decl) && ! flag_no_inline) | |
9576 | && ! flag_inline_functions) | |
9577 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
9578 | #endif | |
9579 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9580 | |
b93a436e JL |
9581 | /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet. */ |
9582 | ||
9583 | void | |
9584 | do_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9585 | { | |
9586 | if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 9587 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9588 | if (pending_stack_adjust != 0) |
9589 | adjust_stack (GEN_INT (pending_stack_adjust)); | |
9590 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9591 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
9592 | } |
9593 | \f | |
b93a436e | 9594 | /* Expand conditional expressions. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9595 | |
b93a436e JL |
9596 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero. |
9597 | LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the | |
9598 | functions here. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9599 | |
b93a436e JL |
9600 | void |
9601 | jumpifnot (exp, label) | |
ca695ac9 | 9602 | tree exp; |
b93a436e | 9603 | rtx label; |
bbf6f052 | 9604 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9605 | do_jump (exp, label, NULL_RTX); |
9606 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9607 | |
b93a436e | 9608 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero. */ |
ca695ac9 | 9609 | |
b93a436e JL |
9610 | void |
9611 | jumpif (exp, label) | |
9612 | tree exp; | |
9613 | rtx label; | |
9614 | { | |
9615 | do_jump (exp, NULL_RTX, label); | |
9616 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9617 | |
b93a436e JL |
9618 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if |
9619 | the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one. | |
9620 | Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero, | |
9621 | meaning fall through in that case. | |
ca695ac9 | 9622 | |
b93a436e JL |
9623 | do_jump always does any pending stack adjust except when it does not |
9624 | actually perform a jump. An example where there is no jump | |
9625 | is when EXP is `(foo (), 0)' and IF_FALSE_LABEL is null. | |
ca695ac9 | 9626 | |
b93a436e JL |
9627 | This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as |
9628 | &&, || and comparison operators in EXP. */ | |
5718612f | 9629 | |
b93a436e JL |
9630 | void |
9631 | do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9632 | tree exp; | |
9633 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
9634 | { | |
9635 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
9636 | /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to | |
9637 | in order to properly fall through. | |
9638 | These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero. */ | |
9639 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
9640 | rtx temp; | |
9641 | rtx comparison = 0; | |
9642 | int i; | |
9643 | tree type; | |
9644 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 9645 | |
b93a436e | 9646 | emit_queue (); |
ca695ac9 | 9647 | |
b93a436e | 9648 | switch (code) |
ca695ac9 | 9649 | { |
b93a436e | 9650 | case ERROR_MARK: |
ca695ac9 | 9651 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9652 | |
b93a436e JL |
9653 | case INTEGER_CST: |
9654 | temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label; | |
9655 | if (temp) | |
9656 | emit_jump (temp); | |
9657 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9658 | |
b93a436e JL |
9659 | #if 0 |
9660 | /* This is not true with #pragma weak */ | |
9661 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
9662 | /* The address of something can never be zero. */ | |
9663 | if (if_true_label) | |
9664 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
9665 | break; | |
9666 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 9667 | |
b93a436e JL |
9668 | case NOP_EXPR: |
9669 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9670 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9671 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ARRAY_REF) | |
9672 | goto normal; | |
9673 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
9674 | /* If we are narrowing the operand, we have to do the compare in the | |
9675 | narrower mode. */ | |
9676 | if ((TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9677 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9678 | goto normal; | |
9679 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
9680 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
9681 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
9682 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
9683 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
9684 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
9685 | /* These cannot change zero->non-zero or vice versa. */ | |
9686 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9687 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9688 | |
b93a436e JL |
9689 | #if 0 |
9690 | /* This is never less insns than evaluating the PLUS_EXPR followed by | |
9691 | a test and can be longer if the test is eliminated. */ | |
9692 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
9693 | /* Reduce to minus. */ | |
9694 | exp = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9695 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9696 | fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
9697 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
9698 | /* Process as MINUS. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9699 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 9700 | |
b93a436e JL |
9701 | case MINUS_EXPR: |
9702 | /* Non-zero iff operands of minus differ. */ | |
9703 | comparison = compare (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9704 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9705 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
9706 | NE, NE); | |
9707 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9708 | |
b93a436e JL |
9709 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: |
9710 | /* If we are AND'ing with a small constant, do this comparison in the | |
9711 | smallest type that fits. If the machine doesn't have comparisons | |
9712 | that small, it will be converted back to the wider comparison. | |
9713 | This helps if we are testing the sign bit of a narrower object. | |
9714 | combine can't do this for us because it can't know whether a | |
9715 | ZERO_EXTRACT or a compare in a smaller mode exists, but we do. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9716 | |
b93a436e JL |
9717 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
9718 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
9719 | && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
9720 | && (i = floor_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) >= 0 | |
9721 | && (mode = mode_for_size (i + 1, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode | |
9722 | && (type = type_for_mode (mode, 1)) != 0 | |
9723 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9724 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
9725 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9726 | { | |
9727 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9728 | break; | |
9729 | } | |
9730 | goto normal; | |
bbf6f052 | 9731 | |
b93a436e JL |
9732 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: |
9733 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9734 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9735 | |
b93a436e JL |
9736 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: |
9737 | if (if_false_label == 0) | |
9738 | if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9739 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
9740 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9741 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9742 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9743 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9744 | |
b93a436e JL |
9745 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: |
9746 | if (if_true_label == 0) | |
9747 | if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9748 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
9749 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9750 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9751 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9752 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9753 | |
b93a436e JL |
9754 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
9755 | push_temp_slots (); | |
9756 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9757 | preserve_temp_slots (NULL_RTX); | |
9758 | free_temp_slots (); | |
9759 | pop_temp_slots (); | |
9760 | emit_queue (); | |
9761 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9762 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9763 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9764 | |
b93a436e JL |
9765 | case COMPONENT_REF: |
9766 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
9767 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
9768 | { | |
9769 | int bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp; | |
9770 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9771 | tree type; | |
9772 | tree offset; | |
9773 | int volatilep = 0; | |
9774 | int alignment; | |
bbf6f052 | 9775 | |
b93a436e JL |
9776 | /* Get description of this reference. We don't actually care |
9777 | about the underlying object here. */ | |
9778 | get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, | |
9779 | &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
9780 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 9781 | |
b93a436e JL |
9782 | type = type_for_size (bitsize, unsignedp); |
9783 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS | |
9784 | && type != 0 && bitsize >= 0 | |
9785 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9786 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
9787 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9788 | { | |
9789 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9790 | break; | |
9791 | } | |
9792 | goto normal; | |
9793 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9794 | |
b93a436e JL |
9795 | case COND_EXPR: |
9796 | /* Do (a ? 1 : 0) and (a ? 0 : 1) as special cases. */ | |
9797 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
9798 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
9799 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9800 | |
b93a436e JL |
9801 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
9802 | && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
9803 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9804 | |
b93a436e JL |
9805 | else |
9806 | { | |
9807 | register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9808 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9809 | |
b93a436e | 9810 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 9811 | |
b93a436e JL |
9812 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
9813 | /* Now the THEN-expression. */ | |
9814 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
9815 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
9816 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
9817 | /* In case the do_jump just above never jumps. */ | |
9818 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9819 | emit_label (label1); | |
bbf6f052 | 9820 | |
b93a436e JL |
9821 | /* Now the ELSE-expression. */ |
9822 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
9823 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
9824 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
9825 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9826 | } | |
9827 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9828 | |
b93a436e JL |
9829 | case EQ_EXPR: |
9830 | { | |
9831 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9832 | |
b93a436e JL |
9833 | if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) |
9834 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9835 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT | |
9836 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
9837 | do_jump | |
9838 | (fold | |
9839 | (build (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9840 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9841 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9842 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9843 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9844 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9845 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9846 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))), | |
9847 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9848 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9849 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9850 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9851 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9852 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9853 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))))), | |
9854 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9855 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT | |
9856 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (inner_type))) | |
9857 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9858 | else | |
9859 | comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ); | |
9860 | break; | |
9861 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9862 | |
b93a436e JL |
9863 | case NE_EXPR: |
9864 | { | |
9865 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9866 | |
b93a436e JL |
9867 | if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) |
9868 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9869 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT | |
9870 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
9871 | do_jump | |
9872 | (fold | |
9873 | (build (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9874 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9875 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9876 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9877 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9878 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9879 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9880 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))), | |
9881 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9882 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9883 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9884 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9885 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9886 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9887 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))))), | |
9888 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9889 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT | |
9890 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (inner_type))) | |
9891 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9892 | else | |
9893 | comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE); | |
9894 | break; | |
9895 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9896 | |
b93a436e JL |
9897 | case LT_EXPR: |
9898 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9899 | == MODE_INT) | |
9900 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9901 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9902 | else | |
9903 | comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU); | |
9904 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9905 | |
b93a436e JL |
9906 | case LE_EXPR: |
9907 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9908 | == MODE_INT) | |
9909 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9910 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9911 | else | |
9912 | comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU); | |
9913 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9914 | |
b93a436e JL |
9915 | case GT_EXPR: |
9916 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9917 | == MODE_INT) | |
9918 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9919 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9920 | else | |
9921 | comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU); | |
9922 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9923 | |
b93a436e JL |
9924 | case GE_EXPR: |
9925 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9926 | == MODE_INT) | |
9927 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9928 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9929 | else | |
9930 | comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU); | |
9931 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9932 | |
b93a436e JL |
9933 | default: |
9934 | normal: | |
9935 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9936 | #if 0 | |
9937 | /* This is not needed any more and causes poor code since it causes | |
9938 | comparisons and tests from non-SI objects to have different code | |
9939 | sequences. */ | |
9940 | /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse | |
9941 | from (set (mem ...) (arithop)) (set (cc0) (mem ...)). */ | |
9942 | if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
9943 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
ca695ac9 | 9944 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
9945 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
9946 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT) | |
9947 | comparison = (temp == const0_rtx ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx); | |
9948 | else if (GET_CODE (temp) == LABEL_REF) | |
9949 | comparison = const_true_rtx; | |
9950 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
9951 | && !can_compare_p (GET_MODE (temp))) | |
9952 | /* Note swapping the labels gives us not-equal. */ | |
9953 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (temp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9954 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
9955 | comparison = compare_from_rtx (temp, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp)), | |
9956 | NE, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
9957 | GET_MODE (temp), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
9958 | else | |
9959 | abort (); | |
9960 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9961 | |
b93a436e JL |
9962 | /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */ |
9963 | emit_queue (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9964 | |
b93a436e JL |
9965 | /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted |
9966 | straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition. | |
9967 | Otherwise, all the work has been done already. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9968 | |
b93a436e JL |
9969 | if (comparison == const_true_rtx) |
9970 | { | |
9971 | if (if_true_label) | |
9972 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
9973 | } | |
9974 | else if (comparison == const0_rtx) | |
9975 | { | |
9976 | if (if_false_label) | |
9977 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
9978 | } | |
9979 | else if (comparison) | |
9980 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9981 | |
b93a436e JL |
9982 | if (drop_through_label) |
9983 | { | |
9984 | /* If do_jump produces code that might be jumped around, | |
9985 | do any stack adjusts from that code, before the place | |
9986 | where control merges in. */ | |
9987 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9988 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
9989 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9990 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9991 | \f |
9992 | /* Given a comparison expression EXP for values too wide to be compared | |
9993 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. | |
9994 | The code of EXP is ignored; we always test GT if SWAP is 0, | |
9995 | and LT if SWAP is 1. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9996 | |
b93a436e JL |
9997 | static void |
9998 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, swap, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9999 | tree exp; | |
10000 | int swap; | |
10001 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
10002 | { | |
10003 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10004 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, !swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10005 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10006 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
10007 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
10008 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10009 | int i; | |
bbf6f052 | 10010 | |
b93a436e JL |
10011 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
10012 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10013 | if (! if_true_label) | |
10014 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
10015 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10016 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10017 | |
b93a436e JL |
10018 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
10019 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
f81497d9 | 10020 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10021 | rtx comp; |
10022 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
10023 | ||
10024 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
10025 | { | |
10026 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
10027 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
10028 | } | |
f81497d9 | 10029 | else |
b93a436e JL |
10030 | { |
10031 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10032 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10033 | } | |
10034 | ||
10035 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ | |
10036 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
10037 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
10038 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10039 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10040 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10041 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10042 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
10043 | ||
10044 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ | |
10045 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
10046 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10047 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10048 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10049 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10050 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
f81497d9 | 10051 | } |
ca695ac9 | 10052 | |
b93a436e JL |
10053 | if (if_false_label) |
10054 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10055 | if (drop_through_label) | |
10056 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
f81497d9 RS |
10057 | } |
10058 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10059 | /* Compare OP0 with OP1, word at a time, in mode MODE. |
10060 | UNSIGNEDP says to do unsigned comparison. | |
10061 | Jump to IF_TRUE_LABEL if OP0 is greater, IF_FALSE_LABEL otherwise. */ | |
f81497d9 | 10062 | |
b93a436e JL |
10063 | void |
10064 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, unsignedp, op0, op1, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10065 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10066 | int unsignedp; | |
10067 | rtx op0, op1; | |
10068 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
f81497d9 | 10069 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10070 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); |
10071 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
10072 | int i; | |
f81497d9 | 10073 | |
b93a436e JL |
10074 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
10075 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10076 | if (! if_true_label) | |
10077 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
10078 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10079 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
f81497d9 | 10080 | |
b93a436e JL |
10081 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
10082 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
10083 | { | |
10084 | rtx comp; | |
10085 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
bbf6f052 | 10086 | |
b93a436e JL |
10087 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
10088 | { | |
10089 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
10090 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
10091 | } | |
10092 | else | |
10093 | { | |
10094 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10095 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10096 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10097 | |
b93a436e JL |
10098 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ |
10099 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
10100 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
10101 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10102 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10103 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10104 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10105 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10106 | |
b93a436e JL |
10107 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ |
10108 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
10109 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10110 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10111 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10112 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10113 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
10114 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10115 | |
b93a436e JL |
10116 | if (if_false_label) |
10117 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10118 | if (drop_through_label) | |
10119 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
10120 | } |
10121 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10122 | /* Given an EQ_EXPR expression EXP for values too wide to be compared |
10123 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10124 | |
b93a436e JL |
10125 | static void |
10126 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10127 | tree exp; | |
10128 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10129 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10130 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
10131 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10132 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10133 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
10134 | int i; | |
10135 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10136 | |
b93a436e JL |
10137 | if (! if_false_label) |
10138 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10139 | |
b93a436e JL |
10140 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
10141 | { | |
10142 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode), | |
10143 | operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode), | |
10144 | EQ, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
10145 | word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10146 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10147 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10148 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10149 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
10150 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10151 | |
b93a436e JL |
10152 | if (if_true_label) |
10153 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10154 | if (drop_through_label) | |
10155 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10156 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10157 | \f |
10158 | /* Jump according to whether OP0 is 0. | |
10159 | We assume that OP0 has an integer mode that is too wide | |
10160 | for the available compare insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10161 | |
b93a436e JL |
10162 | static void |
10163 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (op0, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10164 | rtx op0; | |
10165 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
ca695ac9 | 10166 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10167 | int nwords = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
10168 | rtx part; | |
10169 | int i; | |
10170 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10171 | |
b93a436e JL |
10172 | /* The fastest way of doing this comparison on almost any machine is to |
10173 | "or" all the words and compare the result. If all have to be loaded | |
10174 | from memory and this is a very wide item, it's possible this may | |
10175 | be slower, but that's highly unlikely. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10176 | |
b93a436e JL |
10177 | part = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
10178 | emit_move_insn (part, operand_subword_force (op0, 0, GET_MODE (op0))); | |
10179 | for (i = 1; i < nwords && part != 0; i++) | |
10180 | part = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, part, | |
10181 | operand_subword_force (op0, i, GET_MODE (op0)), | |
10182 | part, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 10183 | |
b93a436e JL |
10184 | if (part != 0) |
10185 | { | |
10186 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (part, const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, | |
10187 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
0f41302f | 10188 | |
b93a436e JL |
10189 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
10190 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10191 | else if (comp == const0_rtx) | |
10192 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10193 | else | |
10194 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10195 | |
b93a436e JL |
10196 | return; |
10197 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10198 | |
b93a436e JL |
10199 | /* If we couldn't do the "or" simply, do this with a series of compares. */ |
10200 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10201 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10202 | |
b93a436e JL |
10203 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
10204 | { | |
10205 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, | |
10206 | GET_MODE (op0)), | |
10207 | const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10208 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10209 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10210 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10211 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
10212 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10213 | |
b93a436e JL |
10214 | if (if_true_label) |
10215 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
0f41302f | 10216 | |
b93a436e JL |
10217 | if (drop_through_label) |
10218 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10219 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10220 | |
b93a436e JL |
10221 | /* Given a comparison expression in rtl form, output conditional branches to |
10222 | IF_TRUE_LABEL, IF_FALSE_LABEL, or both. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10223 | |
b93a436e JL |
10224 | static void |
10225 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10226 | rtx comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10227 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10228 | if (if_true_label) |
10229 | { | |
10230 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) | |
10231 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_true_label)); | |
10232 | else | |
10233 | abort (); | |
ca695ac9 | 10234 | |
b93a436e JL |
10235 | if (if_false_label) |
10236 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10237 | } | |
10238 | else if (if_false_label) | |
10239 | { | |
10240 | rtx insn; | |
10241 | rtx prev = get_last_insn (); | |
10242 | rtx branch = 0; | |
0f41302f | 10243 | |
b93a436e JL |
10244 | /* Output the branch with the opposite condition. Then try to invert |
10245 | what is generated. If more than one insn is a branch, or if the | |
10246 | branch is not the last insn written, abort. If we can't invert | |
10247 | the branch, emit make a true label, redirect this jump to that, | |
10248 | emit a jump to the false label and define the true label. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10249 | |
b93a436e JL |
10250 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) |
10251 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)])(if_false_label)); | |
10252 | else | |
10253 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10254 | |
b93a436e JL |
10255 | /* Here we get the first insn that was just emitted. It used to be the |
10256 | case that, on some machines, emitting the branch would discard | |
10257 | the previous compare insn and emit a replacement. This isn't | |
10258 | done anymore, but abort if we see that PREV is deleted. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10259 | |
b93a436e JL |
10260 | if (prev == 0) |
10261 | insn = get_insns (); | |
10262 | else if (INSN_DELETED_P (prev)) | |
10263 | abort (); | |
10264 | else | |
10265 | insn = NEXT_INSN (prev); | |
bbf6f052 | 10266 | |
b93a436e JL |
10267 | for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) |
10268 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) | |
10269 | { | |
10270 | if (branch) | |
10271 | abort (); | |
10272 | branch = insn; | |
10273 | } | |
a7c5971a | 10274 | |
b93a436e JL |
10275 | if (branch != get_last_insn ()) |
10276 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10277 | |
b93a436e JL |
10278 | JUMP_LABEL (branch) = if_false_label; |
10279 | if (! invert_jump (branch, if_false_label)) | |
10280 | { | |
10281 | if_true_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10282 | redirect_jump (branch, if_true_label); | |
10283 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10284 | emit_label (if_true_label); | |
10285 | } | |
10286 | } | |
10287 | } | |
10288 | \f | |
10289 | /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP | |
10290 | (including code to compute the values to be compared) | |
10291 | and set (CC0) according to the result. | |
10292 | SIGNED_CODE should be the rtx operation for this comparison for | |
10293 | signed data; UNSIGNED_CODE, likewise for use if data is unsigned. | |
bbf6f052 | 10294 | |
b93a436e JL |
10295 | We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently |
10296 | things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10297 | |
b93a436e JL |
10298 | static rtx |
10299 | compare (exp, signed_code, unsigned_code) | |
10300 | register tree exp; | |
10301 | enum rtx_code signed_code, unsigned_code; | |
10302 | { | |
10303 | register rtx op0 | |
10304 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10305 | register rtx op1 | |
10306 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10307 | register tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
10308 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
10309 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
10310 | enum rtx_code code = unsignedp ? unsigned_code : signed_code; | |
ca695ac9 | 10311 | |
b93a436e JL |
10312 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare |
10313 | /* If function pointers need to be "canonicalized" before they can | |
10314 | be reliably compared, then canonicalize them. */ | |
10315 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10316 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10317 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10318 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
bbf6f052 | 10319 | { |
b93a436e | 10320 | rtx new_op0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
bbf6f052 | 10321 | |
b93a436e JL |
10322 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op0, op0)); |
10323 | op0 = new_op0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10324 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10325 | |
b93a436e JL |
10326 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare |
10327 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10328 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
10329 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10330 | { | |
10331 | rtx new_op1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 10332 | |
b93a436e JL |
10333 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op1, op1)); |
10334 | op1 = new_op1; | |
10335 | } | |
10336 | #endif | |
0f41302f | 10337 | |
b93a436e JL |
10338 | return compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, |
10339 | ((mode == BLKmode) | |
10340 | ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : NULL_RTX), | |
10341 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
ca695ac9 | 10342 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10343 | |
b93a436e JL |
10344 | /* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's. |
10345 | The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller. | |
bbf6f052 | 10346 | |
b93a436e JL |
10347 | If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being |
10348 | compared. | |
bbf6f052 | 10349 | |
b93a436e JL |
10350 | If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the |
10351 | size of MODE should be used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10352 | |
b93a436e JL |
10353 | rtx |
10354 | compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align) | |
10355 | register rtx op0, op1; | |
10356 | enum rtx_code code; | |
10357 | int unsignedp; | |
10358 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10359 | rtx size; | |
10360 | int align; | |
bbf6f052 | 10361 | { |
b93a436e | 10362 | rtx tem; |
bbf6f052 | 10363 | |
b93a436e JL |
10364 | /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this |
10365 | if the other operand is not constant as well. */ | |
e7c33f54 | 10366 | |
b93a436e JL |
10367 | if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1)) |
10368 | || (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)) | |
ca695ac9 | 10369 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10370 | tem = op0; |
10371 | op0 = op1; | |
10372 | op1 = tem; | |
10373 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
10374 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10375 | |
b93a436e JL |
10376 | if (flag_force_mem) |
10377 | { | |
10378 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
10379 | op1 = force_not_mem (op1); | |
10380 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10381 | |
b93a436e | 10382 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
ca695ac9 | 10383 | |
b93a436e JL |
10384 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT |
10385 | && (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0) | |
10386 | return tem; | |
ca695ac9 | 10387 | |
b93a436e JL |
10388 | #if 0 |
10389 | /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of | |
10390 | sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other | |
10391 | machines. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10392 | |
b93a436e JL |
10393 | /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an |
10394 | unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign | |
10395 | extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is | |
10396 | the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since | |
10397 | zero-extension is easier to combine with other operations than | |
10398 | sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must | |
10399 | convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */ | |
10400 | if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp | |
10401 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
10402 | { | |
10403 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
10404 | && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1)) | |
10405 | op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))); | |
10406 | unsignedp = 1; | |
10407 | } | |
10408 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10409 | |
b93a436e | 10410 | emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align); |
ca695ac9 | 10411 | |
b93a436e JL |
10412 | return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx); |
10413 | } | |
10414 | \f | |
10415 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction | |
10416 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison | |
10417 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 10418 | |
b93a436e | 10419 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 10420 | |
b93a436e JL |
10421 | If ONLY_CHEAP is non-zero, only do this if it is likely to be very |
10422 | cheap. | |
ca695ac9 | 10423 | |
b93a436e JL |
10424 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
10425 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 10426 | |
b93a436e JL |
10427 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
10428 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
10429 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
10430 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
10431 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
10432 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
10433 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10434 | |
b93a436e JL |
10435 | static rtx |
10436 | do_store_flag (exp, target, mode, only_cheap) | |
10437 | tree exp; | |
10438 | rtx target; | |
10439 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10440 | int only_cheap; | |
10441 | { | |
10442 | enum rtx_code code; | |
10443 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
10444 | tree tem; | |
10445 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
10446 | int invert = 0; | |
10447 | int unsignedp; | |
10448 | rtx op0, op1; | |
10449 | enum insn_code icode; | |
10450 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
10451 | rtx result, label, pattern, jump_pat; | |
ca695ac9 | 10452 | |
b93a436e JL |
10453 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
10454 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
10455 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
10456 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10457 | |
b93a436e JL |
10458 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) |
10459 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 10460 | |
b93a436e JL |
10461 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
10462 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
10463 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); | |
10464 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
10465 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
ca695ac9 | 10466 | |
b93a436e JL |
10467 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
10468 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
10469 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
10470 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10471 | |
b93a436e JL |
10472 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
10473 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
10474 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10475 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10476 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10477 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10478 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10479 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10480 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
10481 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) | |
10482 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
10483 | #endif |
10484 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10485 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
10486 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10487 | |
b93a436e JL |
10488 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
10489 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
10490 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
10491 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
10492 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
10493 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10494 | |
b93a436e JL |
10495 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
10496 | { | |
10497 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
10498 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 10499 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10500 | case NE_EXPR: |
10501 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 10502 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10503 | case LT_EXPR: |
10504 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10505 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
10506 | else | |
10507 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 10508 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10509 | case LE_EXPR: |
10510 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10511 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
10512 | else | |
10513 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10514 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10515 | case GT_EXPR: |
10516 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10517 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
10518 | else | |
10519 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10520 | break; | |
10521 | case GE_EXPR: | |
10522 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10523 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10524 | else | |
10525 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10526 | break; |
ca695ac9 | 10527 | default: |
b93a436e | 10528 | abort (); |
bbf6f052 | 10529 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10530 | |
b93a436e JL |
10531 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
10532 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
10533 | { | |
10534 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
10535 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 10536 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10537 | |
b93a436e JL |
10538 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
10539 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
10540 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
10541 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
10542 | than an scc insn even if we have it. */ | |
d39985fa | 10543 | |
b93a436e JL |
10544 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
10545 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
10546 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))) | |
10547 | { | |
10548 | tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
10549 | int bitnum = tree_log2 (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1)); | |
10550 | int ops_unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 | 10551 | |
b93a436e JL |
10552 | /* If INNER is a right shift of a constant and it plus BITNUM does |
10553 | not overflow, adjust BITNUM and INNER. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10554 | |
b93a436e JL |
10555 | if (TREE_CODE (inner) == RSHIFT_EXPR |
10556 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
10557 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == 0 | |
10558 | && (bitnum + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) | |
10559 | < TYPE_PRECISION (type))) | |
ca695ac9 | 10560 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10561 | bitnum += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)); |
10562 | inner = TREE_OPERAND (inner, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 10563 | } |
ca695ac9 | 10564 | |
b93a436e JL |
10565 | /* If we are going to be able to omit the AND below, we must do our |
10566 | operations as unsigned. If we must use the AND, we have a choice. | |
10567 | Normally unsigned is faster, but for some machines signed is. */ | |
10568 | ops_unsignedp = (bitnum == TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1 ? 1 | |
10569 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP | |
10570 | : (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (operand_mode) == SIGN_EXTEND ? 0 : 1) | |
10571 | #else | |
10572 | : 1 | |
10573 | #endif | |
10574 | ); | |
bbf6f052 | 10575 | |
b93a436e JL |
10576 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG |
10577 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
10578 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, inner)) | |
10579 | subtarget = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10580 | |
b93a436e | 10581 | op0 = expand_expr (inner, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 10582 | |
b93a436e JL |
10583 | if (bitnum != 0) |
10584 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
10585 | size_int (bitnum), subtarget, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 10586 | |
b93a436e JL |
10587 | if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode) |
10588 | op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 10589 | |
b93a436e JL |
10590 | if ((code == EQ && ! invert) || (code == NE && invert)) |
10591 | op0 = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, subtarget, | |
10592 | ops_unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 10593 | |
b93a436e JL |
10594 | /* Put the AND last so it can combine with more things. */ |
10595 | if (bitnum != TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1) | |
10596 | op0 = expand_and (op0, const1_rtx, subtarget); | |
bbf6f052 | 10597 | |
b93a436e JL |
10598 | return op0; |
10599 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10600 | |
b93a436e JL |
10601 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ |
10602 | if (! can_compare_p (operand_mode)) | |
10603 | return 0; | |
10604 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; | |
10605 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
10606 | || (only_cheap && insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][0] != mode)) | |
ca695ac9 | 10607 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10608 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that |
10609 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
10610 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
10611 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
10612 | ; | |
10613 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
10614 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
10615 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
10616 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10617 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
10618 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10619 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
10620 | ; | |
10621 | else | |
10622 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10623 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10624 | |
10625 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
10626 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG | |
10627 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
10628 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1)) | |
10629 | subtarget = 0; | |
10630 | ||
10631 | op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10632 | op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10633 | ||
10634 | if (target == 0) | |
10635 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10636 | ||
10637 | /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe | |
10638 | because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and | |
10639 | OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10640 | |
b93a436e JL |
10641 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, |
10642 | queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0, | |
10643 | queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1, | |
10644 | operand_mode, unsignedp, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10645 | |
b93a436e JL |
10646 | if (result) |
10647 | { | |
10648 | if (invert) | |
10649 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
10650 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
10651 | return result; | |
ca695ac9 | 10652 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10653 | |
b93a436e JL |
10654 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ |
10655 | if (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
10656 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
10657 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
10658 | ||
10659 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
10660 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, | |
10661 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10662 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) | |
10663 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) | |
10664 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
10665 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 10666 | |
b93a436e JL |
10667 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
10668 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
10669 | abort (); | |
0f41302f | 10670 | |
b93a436e JL |
10671 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); |
10672 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
10673 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10674 | |
b93a436e | 10675 | return target; |
ca695ac9 | 10676 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10677 | \f |
10678 | /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements). */ | |
10679 | ||
10680 | #ifdef HAVE_tablejump | |
e87b4f3f | 10681 | |
b93a436e JL |
10682 | /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value |
10683 | in the table already subtracted. | |
10684 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
10685 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
10686 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 10687 | |
b93a436e JL |
10688 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
10689 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 10690 | |
ca695ac9 | 10691 | void |
b93a436e JL |
10692 | do_tablejump (index, mode, range, table_label, default_label) |
10693 | rtx index, range, table_label, default_label; | |
10694 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 10695 | { |
b93a436e | 10696 | register rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 10697 | |
b93a436e JL |
10698 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
10699 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
10700 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
10701 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
10702 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
10703 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
10704 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 10705 | |
b93a436e JL |
10706 | emit_cmp_insn (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, 0); |
10707 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bgtu (default_label)); | |
bbf6f052 | 10708 | |
b93a436e JL |
10709 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
10710 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
10711 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
10712 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10713 | |
b93a436e JL |
10714 | /* Don't let a MEM slip thru, because then INDEX that comes |
10715 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, | |
10716 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
10717 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10718 | if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (index) != REG) | |
10719 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); | |
10720 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10721 | |
b93a436e JL |
10722 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
10723 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
10724 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
10725 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
10726 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
10727 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
10728 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
10729 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
10730 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
10731 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
10732 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
10733 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
10734 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10735 | if (flag_pic) | |
10736 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
10737 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 10738 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
10739 | index = memory_address_noforce (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
10740 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
10741 | vector = gen_rtx_MEM (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
10742 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
10743 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); | |
10744 | ||
10745 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
10746 | ||
10747 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
10748 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
10749 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
10750 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10751 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10752 | |
10753 | #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */ |